operating instructions and cookery book brugervejledning · failure to follow the instructions...

88
For domestic use only Brugervejledning Mikrobølge-, grill- og varmluftovn Til modellerne: NN-CF760M NN-CF750W NN-CF771S Kun til privatbrug Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktioner. Læs venligst denne vejledning omhyggeligt og gem den til senere brug.

Upload: phungquynh

Post on 03-Apr-2018

216 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

For Models:NN-CF760M NN-CF750WNN-CF771S

Operating Instructions and Cookery Book

Microwave, Grill & Convection Oven

For domestic use only

Important safety instructionsPlease read carefully and keep for future reference

CF771S_BP - cover UK:cover 26/2/13 10:17 Page 3

Brugervejledning

Mikrobølge-, grill- og varmluftovn

Til modellerne:NN-CF760MNN-CF750WNN-CF771S

Kun til privatbrug

Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktioner.Læs venligst denne vejledning omhyggeligt

og gem den til senere brug.

Standard Conversion Chart

Weight1/2oz – 15g1oz – 25g2oz – 50g3oz – 75g4oz – 100g5oz – 150g6oz – 175g7oz – 200g8oz – 225g9oz – 250g10oz – 275g11oz – 300g12oz – 350g13oz – 375g14oz – 400g15oz – 425g1lb/16oz – 450g

Capacity1/2tsp – 3ml1tsp – 5ml1tbsp – 15ml1/4pt – 150ml1/2pt – 300ml3/4pt – 450ml1pt – 600ml13/4pt – 1 litre

When using recipes in this book always follow metric orimperial measurements. Do not combine the two. In somerecipes the conversions are not a direct equivalent due torecipe result.

Important Notice

Your oven is rated 1000 Watts (IEC). When using othercookbooks remember to adjust cooking times accordingly. The symbol above, which is displayed on your oven door,indicates the heating category for your oven when cooking orreheating convenience foods.Your oven is rated ʻEʼ, which is very efficient. It is thereforevery important that you refer carefully to the packetinstructions on convenience foods. Some packet instructionsonly display information for B or D rated ovens. We thereforeprovide additional guidelines for reheating on pages 59-75 ofthis book. ALWAYS check the progress of the food as it cooksor reheats by simply opening the door and after checking theprogress of the foods press START to continue the cookingtime.

Failure to follow the instructions given in this Cookbookand Operating Instructions, may affect the recipe resultand in some instances may be dangerous.

� COOKERY ADVICE LINE 01344 862108Customer Care Centre 0844 8443899Selected Spares and Accessories:Order direct on line at www.panasonic.co.uk or by telephoning the Customer Care Centre number above.

E

1000WThe IEC (60705) poweroutput (watts)

The heating category forsmall packs of food

Microwave symbol

CF771S_BP - cover UK:cover 26/2/13 10:17 Page 1Ovnens effektklasse er 1.000 W (IEC). Husk ved brug af andre opskrifter eller kogebøger at justere tilberedningstiden tilsvarende. Symbolet ovenfor, som vises på ovndøren, angiver opvarmningskategorien for din ovn ved tilberedning eller genopvarmning af færdigretter og convenience foods.

Ovnens klassifikation er ”E”, som er meget effektiv. Det er derfor meget vigtigt, at du omhyggeligt følger pakkeinstruktionerne på færdigretter og convenience foods. Nogle pakkeinstruktioner viser kun information for ovne i klasse B eller D. Vi bringer derfor

IEC (60705) mikrobølge effekt (W) 1.000 W

E Opvarmningskategori for små portioner mad

Mikrobølge symbol

Vigtig meddelelse

yderligere retningslinjer til genopvarmning på side 59-75 i denne vejledning. Kontroller ALTID status for de fødevarer, som ovnen til-bereder eller varmer ved blot at åbne døren. Når du har tjekket fødevarernes tilstand, så tryk på START for at fortsætte tilberedningen.

Hvis du ikke følger instruktionerne i denne brugervejledning, risikerer du, at tilberedningen mislykkes og i nogle tilfælde kan være farlig.

1

Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktioner. Før du betjener denne ovn, bedes du læse denne vejledning omhyggeligt og opbevare den til senere brug.

Dette apparat kan bruges af børn i alderen fra 8 år og opefter samt personer med ned- satte fysiske, motoriske og mentale evner eller manglende erfaring og viden, hvis de er blevet vejledt eller instrueret af en person, der er ansvarlig for deres sikkerhed, vedrør- ende brug af apparatet på en sikker måde og forstår farerne ved det. Børn må ikke lege med apparatet. Rengøring og almindelig ved-ligeholdelse må ikke foretages af børn uden opsyn. Hold apparatet og dets netledning ude af rækkevide for børn under 8 år.

Når denne ovn er installeret, bør det være let at isolere apparatet fra strømforsyningen ved at trække stikket ud eller betjene en afbryder.

Hvis netledningen er beskadiget, skal den udskiftes af fabrikanten, dennes serviceværk-sted eller af en tilsvarende kvalificeret person for at undgå fare.

2

Advarsel! Apparatet bør efterses for skader på lågen og dens tætninger, og hvis disse områder er beskadiget, bør apparatet ikke anvendes, før det er blevet repareret af en kvalificeret servicetekniker.

Advarsel! Forsøg ikke at manipulere med eller foretage justeringer eller reparationer på lågen, kontrolpanelets indkapsling, sikker-hedsafbrydere eller nogen anden del af ovnen. Fjern ikke det udvendige panel fra ovnen, som giver beskyttelse mod mikrobølgestråling. Reparationer bør kun foretages af en kvalificeret servicetekniker.

Væsker og andre fødevarer må ikke opvarmes i lukkede beholdere, da de så kan eksplodere.

Advarsel! Placer ikke ovnen i nærheden af et el- eller gaskomfur.

Advarsel! Lad kun børn bruge ovnen uden opsyn, når tilstrækkelige anvisninger er givet, så barnet kan bruge ovnen på en sikker måde og forstår risikoen ved forkert brug.

3

Denne ovn er kun beregnet til fritstående brug og indbygning. Den er ikke beregnet til brug inde i et skab. Denne ovn kan indbygges i et køkkenelement ved brug af et egnet indbyg-ningskit, som kan købes hos din Panasonic forhandler.

Til fritstående brug: Ovnen skal placeres på en plan, stabil flade ca. 85 cm over gulvet, og dens bagside bør vende ind mod en væg. For at fungere korrekt skal ovnen have tilstrækkelig luftcirculation. Sørg for at der er mindst 15 cm plads over ovnen, samt at den ene side af ovnen ikke er tildækket.

Ved opvarmning mad i plast- eller papirbehol-dere, bør du kontrollere ovnen ofte, da disse typer af containere antændes, hvis de over- ophedes.

Hvis røg udsendes, eller en brand opstår i ovnen, skal du trykke på Stop/Cancel knap-pen og lade lågen være lukket for at kvæle eventuelle flammer. Afbryd strømkablet eller sluk for ovnen på stikkontakten.

4

Ved opvarmning af væsker, f.eks. suppe, saucer og drikkevarer i din ovn, kan over- ophedning af væsken over kogepunktet forekomme uden tegn på bobler. Dette kan resultere i, at væsken pludselig koger over.

Indholdet af sutteflasker og glas med baby- mad skal omrøres eller rystes. Temperaturen skal kontrolleres før indtagelse for at undgå forbrændinger.

Du må ikke koge æg i deres skaller og opvar-me hele hårdkogte æg ved MIKROBØLGE. Tryk kan bygges op, og æggene kan eksplo-dere, selv efter at opvarmningen er afsluttet.

Rengør det indvendige af ovnen, lågen og dens tætninger regelmæssigt. Når fødevare- stænk eller spildt væske sidder fast på ovnens vægge, låge eller tætninger, aftørres med en fugtig klud. Mildt rengøringsmiddel kan anven-des, hvis fladerne er meget tilsmudsede. Brug af stærke rengøringsmidler eller slibemidler kan ikke anbefales.

BRUG IKKE ALMINDELIGE OVNRENSE- MIDLER.

5

Når du bruger GRILL eller KOMBINATION funktioner, kan nogle fødevarer sprøjte fedt på ovnens vægge. Hvis ovnen ikke rengøres efter behov, kan den begynde at ryge under brug.

Hvis du ikke holder ovnen ren, kan det føre til forringelse af overfladerne, hvad der igen kan påvirke apparatets levetid og eventuelt resul-tere i farlige situationer.

Advarsel! De tilgængelige dele kan blive var-me ved kombinationsbrug. Små børn bør holdes væk. Børn bør kun bruge ovnen under opsyn af voksne på grund af de høje tempera-turer, som udvikles.

En damprenser må ikke bruges til rengøring.

Brug ikke skrappe, slibende rengøringsmidler eller skarpe metalskrabere til at rengøre ovn-lågen, da de kan ridse overfladen og medføre brud på glasset.

6

Udvendige ovnoverflader, bl.a. ventilationsåb-ninger på kabinettet og ovnlågen bliver varme under GRILL og KOMBINATION funktioner. Vær forsigtig, når du åbner eller lukker lågen, samt når du indsætter eller fjerner mad og tilbehør.

Dette apparat er ikke beregnet til at blive betjent ved hjælp af en ekstern timer eller et separat fjernbetjeningssystem.

Brug kun redskaber, som er egnet til brug i mikrobølgeovne.

Se side 14 vedrørende korrekt installation af riste og plader.

Ovnen har tre varmelegemer øverst og bagest i ovnen. Efter brug af VARMLUFT, KOMBINA-TION, og GRILL funktionen, skal du undgå at berøre de indvendige flader i ovnen, da disse vil være meget varme. Undgå varmelegemet inde i ovnen.

7

Velkommen til Panasonic mikrobølge-tilberedning

Tak, fordi du har købt en Panasonic mikro- bølgeovn.

Selv om dette apparat måske ikke er din første mikrobølgeovn, bedes du læse de indledende kapitler i denne brugervejledning for at opnå et perfekt resultat hver gang.

Indhold

Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktioner . . . . . 8 – 9Udpakning af ovnen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Placering af ovnen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Vedligeholdelse af ovnen . . . . . . . . . . . 10Før ovnen tages i brug . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Pleje og rengøring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Ovnens dele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 – 14Vigtig information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 – 17Mikrobølge-principper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Vigtige noter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Generelle retningslinjer . . . . . . . . . 20 – 23Brugbare beholdere . . . . . . . . . . . 24 – 26Kontrolpanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Brugervejledning• Demo-funktion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28• Børnesikring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28• Indstilling af uret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29• Mikrobølgetilberedning/optøning . . 30 – 34• Optøningstabeller . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 – 37• Hviletid / Udskudt start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38• Hukommelse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39• Grilning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 – 41• Varmluft-tilberedning . . . . . . . . . . 42 – 45• Varmluft- og grilltilberedning . . . . 46 – 47• Kombinationstilberedning . . . . . . 48 – 57

Auto-vægt programmer . . . . . . . . . 58 – 63Tilberedning og genopvarmning . . 63 – 64 Genopvarmningstabeller . . . . . . . . 65 – 71Tilberedningstabeller . . . . . . . . . . . 72 – 81Tilpasning af opskrifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Spørgsmål og svar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Indbygning af ovnen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Tekniske specifikationer . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Information om bortskaffelse . . . . . . . . . 84

Denne mikrobølgeovn har fordelene ved in-verter-teknologi. Denne teknologi har været i brug i mikrobølgeovne i Japan i mange år, hvor den har forbedret tilberedningen i ov-nen. Det betyder også, at du har mere plads inde i din ovn, uden at den optager mere plads i dit køkken.

Mikrobølger får de fleste fødevarer til at smage bedre og efterlader dig med mindre opvask, men forvent ikke at blive en perfekt mikrobølge-kok fra den ene dag til den anden. Nogle af metoderne er meget for-skellige fra dem, som bruges til almindelig madlavning. Vores ovne er programmeret specielt til det nordiske marked. Instruk-tionerne er også testet mange gange for at sikre, at du opnår gode resultater derhjem-me.

Vi håber, at du vil nyde at bruge din nye ovn.

8

Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktionerLæs venligst denne vejledning omhyggeligt og gem den til senere brug

ADVARSEL: AF HENSYN TIL DIN SIKKER-HED SKAL DENNE ENHED VÆRE KORREKT JORDFORBUNDET.

Jordforbindelse instruktionerHvis din stikkontakt ikke har jordforbindelse, er det dit personlige ansvar at få den erstattet med en korrekt jordet stikkontakt.

Hvis netstikket på netledningen til dette appa- rat ikke kan skabe den nødvendige jordfor-bindelse, må du enten købe en passende stika-dapter, skifte netstikket eller skifte til en korrekt stikkontakt. Vi anbefaler, at du kontakter en autoriseret elinstallatør.

DriftsspændingNetspændingen skal være den samme som angivet på etiketten på ovnen. Hvis der anvendes en højere spænding end angivet, kan det forårsage brand eller andre skader.

Nedsænk ikke ledningen, stikket eller ovnen i vand. Hold ledningen væk fra varme overflader. Lad ikke ledningen hænge ud over kanten af et bord eller en bordplade. Tilslut ikke ovnen via et forlængerkabel – dette kan være farligt. Det er vigtigt, at ovnen strømforsynes direkte fra en stikkontakt.Apparatets bagside bliver varm under brug. Lad ikke ledningen komme i kontakt med ap-paratets bagside eller andre kabinetoverflader.

9

1. Hot SurfacesExterior oven surfaces, including air ventson the cabinet and the oven door, will gethot during CONVECTION, COMBINATIONand GRILLING. Use care when opening orclosing door and when inserting or removing food and accessories. The ovenhas three heaters situated in the top andrear of the oven. After using the CONVECTION, COMBINATION and GRILLfunctions the roof and walls will be veryhot.Care should be taken to avoid touchingthe heating elements inside the oven.

2. The accessible parts may become hot incombination use. Young children should bekept away. Children less than 8 years ofage should only use the oven undercontinuous adult supervision due to thetemperatures generated.

Caution: Hot surfaces

Important safety instructions Please read carefully and keep for future reference

1. Examine Your OvenUnpack oven, remove all packing material,and examine the oven for any damage suchas dents, broken door latches or cracks inthe door. Notify dealer immediately if unit isdamaged. Do NOT install if unit is damaged.

2. GuaranteeYour receipt is your guarantee, please keepsafely.

3. CordIf the supply cord of this appliance is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or itʼs service agent or a similarly qualified person in order to avoid ahazard.

N.B. The appliance should be inspected fordamage to the door seals and door seal areas.If these areas are damaged the applianceshould not be operated until it has beenrepaired by a service technician trained by themanufacturer.

Unpacking your oven

9

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 9

1. Hot SurfacesExterior oven surfaces, including air ventson the cabinet and the oven door, will gethot during CONVECTION, COMBINATIONand GRILLING. Use care when opening orclosing door and when inserting or removing food and accessories. The ovenhas three heaters situated in the top andrear of the oven. After using the CONVECTION, COMBINATION and GRILLfunctions the roof and walls will be veryhot.Care should be taken to avoid touchingthe heating elements inside the oven.

2. The accessible parts may become hot incombination use. Young children should bekept away. Children less than 8 years ofage should only use the oven undercontinuous adult supervision due to thetemperatures generated.

Caution: Hot surfaces

Important safety instructions Please read carefully and keep for future reference

1. Examine Your OvenUnpack oven, remove all packing material,and examine the oven for any damage suchas dents, broken door latches or cracks inthe door. Notify dealer immediately if unit isdamaged. Do NOT install if unit is damaged.

2. GuaranteeYour receipt is your guarantee, please keepsafely.

3. CordIf the supply cord of this appliance is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or itʼs service agent or a similarly qualified person in order to avoid ahazard.

N.B. The appliance should be inspected fordamage to the door seals and door seal areas.If these areas are damaged the applianceshould not be operated until it has beenrepaired by a service technician trained by themanufacturer.

Unpacking your oven

9

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 9

Vigtige sikkerhedsinstruktionerLæs venligst denne vejledning omhyggeligt og gem den til senere brug

Udpakning af ovnen

1. Varme overflader Udvendige ovnoverflader, bl.a. ventila-tionsåbninger på kabinettet og ovnlågen, bliver varme under VARMLUFT, KOM-BINATION og GRILL. Vær forsigtig, når du åbner eller lukker lågen, samt når du indsætter eller fjerner mad og tilbehør. Ovnen har tre varmelegemer øverst og bagest i ovnen. Efter brug af VARMLUFT, KOMBINATION, og GRILL funktionen, skal du undgå at berøre de indvendige flader i ovnen, da disse vil være meget varme.

Undgå at berøre varmelegemerne inde i

ovnen.

1. Undersøg din ovn Pak ovnen ud, fjern al emballage og un-dersøg ovnen for eventuelle skader som buler, defekte lågehængsler eller revner i lågen. Hvis du finder nogen skader, bedes du kontakte forhandleren med det samme. Installer ikke en beskadiget mikrobølgeovn.

Advarsel: Varme overflader

2. De tilgængelige dele kan blive varme ved kombinationsbrug. Små børn bør holdes væk, og børn bør kun bruge ovnen under konstant opsyn af voksne på grund af de høje temperaturer, der udvikles.

2. Garanti Din kvittering er dit garantibevis. Gem den på et sikkert sted.

3. Netledning Hvis netledningen er beskadiget, skal den udskiftes af fabrikanten, dennes serviceværksted eller af en tilsvarende kvalificeret person for at undgå fare.

NB: Apparatet bør efterses for skader på lågen og dens tætninger. Hvis disse områder er beskadiget, bør apparatet ikke anvendes, før det er blevet repareret af en kvalificeret servicetekniker.

1010

Placement of your oven

Maintenance of your oven1. Service

IF YOUR OVEN REQUIRES A SERVICE call your local Panasonic engineer (Customer CommunicationsCentre on 0844 8443899 can recommendan engineer). It is hazardous for anyoneother than a competent person to carry out any serviceor repair operation which involves theremoval of a cover which gives protectionagainst exposure to microwave energy.

2. Door SealsDo not attempt to tamper with or make anyadjustments or repairs to the door, controlpanel housing, safety interlock switches orany other part of the oven. Do not removethe outer panel from the oven which givesprotection against exposure to microwaveenergy. Repairs should only be by aqualified service person.

3. Oven LightThe oven lamp must be replaced by aservice technician trained by the manufacturer. DO NOT attempt to removethe outer casing from the oven.

4. Selected Spares and AccessoriesThese may be ordered direct; on line atwww.panasonic.co.uk or by telephoningthe Customer Communications Centre0844 8443899. Most major credit and debitcards accepted. Ensure you quote thecorrect model number.

1. This oven is intended for Counter-top andBuilt-in use only. It is not intended for useinside a cupboard. This oven may be Builtinto a wall cabinet by using the proper trimkit, which may be purchased from a localPanasonic dealer. Refer to building-in youroven on page 159.

2. Counter top useThe oven must be placed on a flat, stablesurface 85 cm above the floor, with rear ofoven placed against a back wall. Forproper operation the oven must havesufficient air flow. At least 15cm/6" shouldbe clear over the top of the oven, and oneside of the oven should be kept open.

3. Do not place this oven near an electric orgas cooker range. This may be a safetyhazard and the oven may be damaged.

4. Do not block air vents on the rear and bottom or top of the cabinet. Do not placeany articles on the top of the oven over thevents. If air vents are blocked during operation, the oven may overheat. If theoven overheats, a thermal safety devicewill turn the oven off. The oven will remain inoperable with blank display until it hascooled.

5. Do not use outdoors.

15cm

Open

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 10

10

Placement of your oven

Maintenance of your oven1. Service

IF YOUR OVEN REQUIRES A SERVICE call your local Panasonic engineer (Customer CommunicationsCentre on 0844 8443899 can recommendan engineer). It is hazardous for anyoneother than a competent person to carry out any serviceor repair operation which involves theremoval of a cover which gives protectionagainst exposure to microwave energy.

2. Door SealsDo not attempt to tamper with or make anyadjustments or repairs to the door, controlpanel housing, safety interlock switches orany other part of the oven. Do not removethe outer panel from the oven which givesprotection against exposure to microwaveenergy. Repairs should only be by aqualified service person.

3. Oven LightThe oven lamp must be replaced by aservice technician trained by the manufacturer. DO NOT attempt to removethe outer casing from the oven.

4. Selected Spares and AccessoriesThese may be ordered direct; on line atwww.panasonic.co.uk or by telephoningthe Customer Communications Centre0844 8443899. Most major credit and debitcards accepted. Ensure you quote thecorrect model number.

1. This oven is intended for Counter-top andBuilt-in use only. It is not intended for useinside a cupboard. This oven may be Builtinto a wall cabinet by using the proper trimkit, which may be purchased from a localPanasonic dealer. Refer to building-in youroven on page 159.

2. Counter top useThe oven must be placed on a flat, stablesurface 85 cm above the floor, with rear ofoven placed against a back wall. Forproper operation the oven must havesufficient air flow. At least 15cm/6" shouldbe clear over the top of the oven, and oneside of the oven should be kept open.

3. Do not place this oven near an electric orgas cooker range. This may be a safetyhazard and the oven may be damaged.

4. Do not block air vents on the rear and bottom or top of the cabinet. Do not placeany articles on the top of the oven over thevents. If air vents are blocked during operation, the oven may overheat. If theoven overheats, a thermal safety devicewill turn the oven off. The oven will remain inoperable with blank display until it hascooled.

5. Do not use outdoors.

15cm

Open

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 10

Vedligeholdelse af ovnen

Placering af ovnen1. Denne ovn er kun beregnet til fritstående

brug og indbygning. Den er ikke bereg-net til brug inde i et skab. Denne ovn kan indbygges i et køkkenelement ved brug af et egnet indbygningskit, som kan kø-bes hos din Panasonic forhandler. Se ”Indbygning af ovnen” på side 83.

1. Service HVIS DIN OVN BEHØVER SERVICE, bedes du kontakte din lokale Panasonic forhandler. Det er farligt for alle andre end en kompetent person at udføre service- eller reparationsarbejder, som omfatter fjernelse af det udvendige panel fra ovnen, som giver beskyttelse mod mikrobølgestråling.

2. Lågetætninger Forsøg ikke at manipulere med eller fore- tage justeringer eller reparationer på lågen, kontrolpanelets indkapsling, sikker- hedsafbrydere eller nogen anden del af ovnen. Fjern ikke det udvendige panel fra ovnen, som giver beskyttelse mod mikrobølgestråling. Reparationer bør kun foretages af en kvalificeret servicetekniker.

2. Fritstående brug: Ovnen skal placeres på en plan, stabil flade ca. 85 cm over gulvet, og dens bagside bør vende ind mod en væg. For at fungere korrekt skal ovnen have tilstrækkelig luftcirculation. Sørg for at der er mindst 15 cm plads over ovnen, samt at den ene side af ovnen ikke er tildækket.

3. Placer ikke ovnen i nærheden af et el- eller gaskomfur. Dette kan være en sikkerhedsrisiko, og ovnen kan blive beskadiget.

4. Bloker ikke ventilationsåbningerne på bagsiden samt kabinettets under- og overside. Lad være med at stille noget oven på ovnen over ventilationsåbnin-gerne. Hvis disse åbninger er blokeret under drift, kan ovnen blive overophedet. Hvis ovnen overophedes, afbrydes den af en termisk sikkerhedsafbryder. Ovnen vil ikke kunne betjenes, og dens display vil intet vise, indtil den er afkølet.

5. Brug ikke ovnen udendørs.

Åbent

15 cm

3. Ovnlys Ovnlampen skal udskiftes af en kvalifice-ret servicetekniker. Forsøg ikke at fjerne det udvendige panel fra ovnen.

4. Tilbehør og reservedele Kontakt din Panasonic forhandler.

1111

Before using your oven

1. Exterior oven surfaces, including air ventson the cabinet and the oven door will gethot during CONVECTION, COMBINATIONand GRILLING, take care when opening orclosing the door and when inserting orremoving food and accessories.

2. The oven has three grill heaters situated inthe top of the oven and a convection heatersituated in the back of the oven. After usingeither the GRILL, CONVECTION or COMBINATION functions, the insidesurfaces of the oven will be very hot. Careshould be taken to avoid touching theheating elements inside the oven.N.B. After cooking by these modes, theoven accessories will be very hot.

3. The accessible parts may become hot inuse. Children should be kept away.

4. Only allow children to use the oven withoutsupervision when adequate instructionshave been given so that the child is able touse the oven in a safe way and understands the hazards of improper use.Ensure that children do not touch the hotouter casing either during or after operationof the oven.

5. This appliance can be used by childrenaged from 8 years and above and personswith reduced physical, sensory and mentalcapabilities or lack of experience andknowledge if they have been givensupervision or instruction by a personresponsible for their safety concerning theuse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved. Children

shall not play with the appliance. Cleaningand user maintenance shall not be made bychildren without supervision. Keep theappliance and its cord out of reach ofchildren less than 8 years.

6. Storage of AccessoriesDo not store any objects other than ovenaccessories inside the oven in case it isaccidentally turned on. In case of electronic failure, oven can only be turnedoff at wall socket.

7. Before UseBefore using CONVECTION, COMBINATION or GRILL function for thefirst time operate the oven without food andaccessories on CONVECTION 250°C for 5mins. This will allow the oil that is used forrust protection to be burned off. This is theonly time that the oven is operatedcompletely empty.CAUTION: Grill element and oven will behot. DO NOT OPERATE THE OVENEMPTY apart from point 7 above. Theappliance must not be operated byMicrowave or Combination includingmicrowave WITHOUT FOOD IN THEOVEN. Operation when empty willdamage the appliance.

8. WARNING: When the appliance isoperated in CONVECTION, GRILL orCOMBINATION mode, Children shouldonly use the oven under adultsupervision due to the temperaturesgenerated.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 11

Før ovnen tages i brug1. Udvendige ovnoverflader, bl.a. ventila-

tionsåbninger på kabinettet og ovnlågen bliver varme under VARMLUFT, GRILL og KOMBINATION funktioner. Vær forsigtig, når du åbner eller lukker lågen, samt når du indsætter eller fjerner mad og tilbehør.

2. Ovnen har tre varmelegemer øverst og bagest i ovnen. Efter brug af VARMLUFT, KOMBINATION, og GRILL funktionen, skal du undgå at berøre de indvendige flader i ovnen, da disse vil være meget varme. Undgå varmelegemerne inde i ovnen. NB: Efter tilberedning med disse funktio-ner kan ovntilbehøret blive meget varmt.

3. De tilgængelige dele kan blive varme under brug. Hold børn væk fra ovnen.

4. Lad kun børn bruge ovnen uden opsyn, når tilstrækkelige anvisninger er givet, så barnet kan bruge ovnen på en sikker måde og forstår risikoen ved forkert brug. Sørg for at børn ikke berører det varme udvendige panel under eller efter brug af ovnen.

5. Dette apparat kan bruges af børn i alderen fra 8 år og opefter samt perso-ner med nedsatte fysiske, motoriske og mentale evner eller manglende erfaring og viden, hvis de er blevet vejledt eller instrueret af en person, der er ansvarlig for deres sikkerhed, vedrørende brug af apparatet på en sikker måde og forstår

farerne ved det. Børn må ikke lege med apparatet. Rengøring og almindelig ved-ligeholdelse må ikke foretages af børn uden opsyn. Hold apparatet og dets netledning ude af rækkevide for børn under 8 år.

6. Opbevaring af tilbehør Opbevar ikke andre genstande end ovntilbehør i ovnen, i tilfælde af at den tændes ved et uheld. I tilfælde af en elektronisk fejl kan ovnen slukkes på stikkontakten.

7. Før brug Før du bruger VARMLUFT, KOMBINATION eller GRILL funktionen for første gang, skal du starte ovnen uden mad og tilbe-hør på VARMLUFT 250 °C i 5 minutter. Dette vil afbrænde den olie, som bruges til rustbeskyttelse. Dette er den eneste gang, ovnen må bruges helt tom.

FORSIGTIG: Grillelementet og ovnen vil være varm. BETJEN IKKE OVNEN I TOM TILSTAND undtagen som i punkt 7 herover. Apparatet må ikke betjenes med Mikrobølge eller Kombination med mikrobølge UDEN FØDEVARER I OVNEN. Betjening i tom tilstand kan beskadige apparatet.

8. ADVARSEL! Når apparatet bruges i VARMLUFT, GRILL eller KOMBINATION funktion, bør børn kun bruge ovnen under opsyn af voksne på grund af de høje temperaturer, som udvikles.

12

Pleje og rengøring af mikrobølgeovnen

VIGTIGT

1. Sluk ovnen før rengøring, og træk så vidt muligt netstikket ud af stikkontakten.

2. Hold det indvendige af ovnen, lågen og dens tætninger rent. Når fødevare- stænk eller spildt væske sidder fast på ovnens vægge, låge eller dens tætninger, aftørres med en fugtig klud. Mildt rengøringsmiddel kan anvendes, hvis fladerne er meget tilsmudsede. Brug af stærke rengøringsmidler eller slibemidler kan ikke anbefales.

3. Ovnens bagvæg har en selvrensende katalytisk belægning. Det er derfor ikke nødvendigt at rengøre dette område.

4. Efter brug af VARMLUFT, GRILL eller KOMBINATION tilberedning bør væg-gene i ovnen rengøres med en blød klud opvredet i sæbevand. Vær særlig omhyg- gelig med at holde ruden i lågen ren. Genstridige pletter inde i ovnen kan fjernes ved hjælp af lidt almindeligt ovnrenser, som sprayes på en blød, fugtig klud. Gnid på de genstridige pletter, lad midlet sidde i den anbefalede tid og aftør det derefter. SPRØJT IKKE DIREKTE IND I OVNEN.

5. Brug ikke skrappe, slibende rengørings-midler eller skarpe metalskrabere til at rengøre ruden i ovnlågen, da de kan ridse overfladen og medføre brud på glasset.

6. Ovnens udvendige overflader rengøres med en fugtig klud. For at undgå skader på komponenterne inde i ovnen, må vand ikke sive ind i ventilationsåbnin-gerne.

7. Hvis kontrolpanelet bliver snavset, rengøres det med en blød, tør klud. Brug ikke skrappe rengøringsmidler eller slibe-midler på kontrolpanelet. Ved rengøring af kontrolpanelet bør du lade ovnlågen stå åben for at forhindre ovnen i at

Det er afgørende for en sikker drift af ovnen, at den holdes ren og aftørres efter hver brug. Hvis ovnen ikke holdes ren, kan dens overflader tage skade, og det kan igen forkorte apparatets levetid og eventuelt føre til farlige situationer.

tænde ved et uheld. Tryk efter rengøring på STOP/CANCEL knappen for at rydde displayet.

8. Hvis damp dannes på indersiden eller omkring ydersiden af ovnlågen, aftørres den med en blød klud. Dette kan ske, når ovnen bruges ved høj luftfugtighed og er på ingen måde tegn på en funk-tionsfejl eller lækage af mikrobølger.

9. Ovnrummets bund bør rengøres regel-mæssigt. Aftør ovnbunden med en blød klud fugtet med et mildt rengøringsmid-del og varmt vand. Tør efter med en ren klud.

Damp fra tilberedningen samles under gentagen brug, men påvirker ikke på nogen måde bundens overflade.

10. Ved brug af GRILL eller tilberedning med KOMBINATION eller VARMLUFT, kan nogle madvarer sprøjte fedt på ovnens vægge. Hvis ovnen ikke rengøres regelmæssigt, kan fedtet ophobe sig, så ovnen begynder at ryge under brug. Disse pletter vil blive vanskeligere at fjer-ne på et senere tidspunkt. Der er ingen grund til at rengøre den katalytiske belægning på ovnens bagvæg.

11. En damprenser må ikke bruges til rengøring.

12. Sørg for at alt tilbehør altid holdes helt rent, især ved brug af mikrobølger eller kombinationsprogrammer.

13. Hold altid ventilationsåbningerne rene. Kontroller, at støv eller andet materiale ikke blokerer nogen af ventilationsåb-ningerne på toppen, bunden eller på bagsiden af ovnen. Hvis ventilationsåb-ninger bliver blokeret, er der risiko for overophedning, som kan påvirke driften af ovnen og eventuelt resultere i farlige situationer.

13

Ovnens dele

1. Mad må ikke tilberedes direkte på bun-den i ovnrummet. Mad skal altid placeres i en mikrobølgesikker skål.

2. Det medfølgende metaltilbehør må KUN bruges som anvist til GRILL, VARMLUFT og KOMBINATION tilberedning. Brug aldrig metaltilbehør, når mad tilbe-redes alene med mikrobølge. Metal-tilbehør må ikke anvendes, hvis ovnen bruges med mindre end 200 g fødevarer på et manuelt kombinationsprogram. Brug kun emaljepladen til VARMLUFT og GRILL tilberedning. Den maksimale vægt, der kan bruges på emaljepladen er 4 kg. HVIS TILBEHØR IKKE BRUGES KORREKT, KAN OVNEN TAGE SKADE.

3. Ved tilberedning med MIKROBØLGE kan gnistdannelse forekomme, hvis der anvendes en forkert mængde mad, en metalbeholder er blevet brugt forkert, eller tilbehøret er blevet beskadiget. Hvis dette sker, skal du standse apparatet øjeblikkeligt. Du kan kun fortsætte tilbe-redningen med GRILL eller VARMLUFT.

4. Se altid instruktionerne for korrekt tilbe-hør til at bruge på alle programmer.

Glasfad

1. Glasfadet kan kun anvendes direkte på den keramiske plade til tilberedning med MIKROBØLGE. Madvarerne må ikke an-bringes direkte på den keramiske plade på bunden i ovnrummet.

2. Glasfadet kan anvendes direkte på risten (i enhver position) til GRILL, VARMLUFT eller KOMBINATION tilberedning.

3. Hvis glasfadet er varmt, så lad det køle af inden rengøring eller anbringelse i koldt vand, da dette kan knække eller splintre fadet.

Anti-gnist ringAnti-gnist ringen bør placeres oven på risten, når du bruger metalbeholdere til kombinationstilberedning. Anti-gnist ringen forhindrer gnistdannelse under KOMBINA-TION tilberedning.

Rist

1. Risten kan anvendes i den øverste position til GRILL af madvarer. Den kan bruges i den øverste eller nederste posi-tion til VARMLUFT eller KOMBINATION tilberedning.

2. Brug ikke nogen metalbeholder direkte på risten i KOMBINATION med MIKRO- BØLGE. (Se afsnittet herover om anti- gnist ring).

3. Brug ikke risten alene til MIKROBØLGE.

4. Den maksimale vægt, der kan placeres på risten er 4 kg (dette omfatter den samlede vægt af mad og fad).

Emaljeplade

1. Emaljepladen er beregnet til VARMLUFT eller GRILL tilberedning. Brug den ikke til MIKROBØLGE eller KOMBINATION tilberedning.

2. Til VARMLUFT tilberedning i 2 niveauer kan emaljepladen bruges nederst og risten øverst.

3. Den maksimale vægt, der kan placeres på emaljepladen er 4 kg (dette omfatter den samlede vægt af mad og fad).

14

Ovnens dele

Ovnvindue Advarselslabel Grillelementer

Advarselslabel

Netledning

Netstik

Kontrolpanel

Riller til ovnplader Mærkelabel

Keramisk plade

Bund med mikrobølgetilførsel

Plastiklister

Glasfad

Låge sikkerhedslåsesystem LågeåbnerTryk for at åbne lågen. Når du åbner ovnlågen under tilberedningen, stoppes tilberedningen, uden at programmet annulleres. Tilberednin- gen genoptages, så snart døren lukkes, og der trykkes på Start knappen. Ovnlyset tæn-des og forbliver tændt, når døren åbnes.

Anti-gnist ringBruges sammen med risten ved KOMBINA-TION tilberedning og brug af metalbeholdere.

RistBrug kun risten til VARMLUFT, GRILL eller TURBO BAKE (Varmluft og Grill) og KOM-BINATION tilberedning. Må ikke bruges alene til MIKROBØLGE. Vigtig bruger-information – Vær opmærksom på, at plastiklisterne på risten er konstrueret til at være i rillerne under brug. De er ikke emballage og må ikke fjernes.

EmaljepladeMå kun bruges til VARMLUFT, GRILL eller VARMLUFT og GRILL. Må ikke bruges alene til MIKROBØLGE eller KOMBINATION tilberedning.

Låge sikkerheds- låsesystem For at undgå skader må du ikke stikke fingre, knive, skeer eller andre genstande ind i låsehullet.

Eksterne ventilations

åbningerOvn

ventilations- åbninger

15

Vigtig informationSikkerhed Hvis røg udsendes, eller en brand opstår i ovnen, skal du trykke på Stop/Cancel knap- pen og lade lågen være lukket for at kvæle eventuelle flammer. Afbryd strømkablet, eller sluk for ovnen på stikkontakten.

Korte tilberedningstider Da mikrobølge tilberedningstider er meget kortere end andre tilberedningsmetoder, er det vigtigt, at de anbefalede tilberednings-tider ikke overskrides, uden at madvarerne først kontrolleres.

Tilberedningstider i opskrifter og kogebøger er omtrentlige. Faktorer, som kan påvirke tilberedningstider, er: Foretrukken grad af tilberedning, starttemperatur, højde over havet, madvarers volumen, størrelse og form samt anvendte redskaber. Efterhånden som du bliver fortrolig med ovnen, kan du justere disse faktorer.

Det er bedre at tilberede madvarer for lidt end for meget. Hvis mad er utilstrækkeligt tilberedt, kan det altid sættes tilbage i ovnen til yderligere tilberedning. Hvis mad har fået for meget, kan intet gøres. Start altid med minimum tilberedningstider.

Vigtigt Hvis de anbefalede tilberedningstider over- skrides, vil maden være ødelagt, og i ekstre-me tilfælde kan der gå ild i den, så ovnens indre tager skade.

1. Små mængder mad Vær forsigtig ved opvarmning af små mængder mad, da disse nemt kan blive brændte, tørre ud eller bryde i brand, hvis de tilberedes for længe. Indstil altid korte tilberedningstider og tjek maden ofte. BRUG ALDRIG OVNEN UDEN MAD I DEN PÅ MIKROBØLGER INDVENDIGT PÅ MIKROBØLGE ELLER KOMBINA-TION, SOM INVOLVERER MIKROBØLGE.

2. Madvarer med lavt vandindhold Vær forsigtig ved opvarmning af mad-varer med lavt vandindhold, f.eks. brød, chokolade, kiks og kager. Disse kan nemt blive brændte, tørre ud eller bryde i brand, hvis de tilberedes for længe. Vi anbefaler ikke opvarmning af madvarer med lavt vandindhold som popcorn eller vafler. Denne ovn er udviklet til brug med madvarer. Vi anbefaler ikke, at den anvendes til opvarmning af nonfood-ting som omslag, varmedunke og lignende.

3. Christmas Pudding Engelsk Christmas Pudding og andre madvarer med højt fedt- eller sukkerind-hold, f.eks. marmelade og kødtærter, må ikke overophedes. Disse madvarer må aldrig efterlades uden opsyn, da der ved overophedning kan gå ild i dem. Se side 70.

4. Kogte æg Du må ikke koge æg i deres skaller og opvarme hele hårdkogte æg ved MIKRO-BØLGE. Tryk kan bygges op, og æggene kan eksplodere, selv efter at opvarmnin-gen er afsluttet.

5. Madvarer med skind Kartofler, æbler, æggeblommer, hele grøntsager og pølser er eksempler på madvarer med ikke-porøse skind. Disse skal perforeres ved hjælp af en gaffel før tilberedning for at forhindre bristning.

6. Væsker Væsker og andre madvarer må ikke op-varmes i lukkede beholdere, da de kan eksplodere. Ved opvarmning af væsker, f.eks. suppe, saucer og drikkevarer i mikrobølgeovnen, kan der ske over- ophedning af væsken over kogepunktet uden tegn på bobler.

16

Vigtig informationDette kan resultere i, at den varme væske pludselig koger over. For at forhindre denne mulighed bør der tages følgende skridt:

a. Undgå at bruge ligesidede beholdere med smalle halse.

b. Undgå overophedning.

c. Rør i væsken, før beholderen stilles i ovnen og igen halvvejs gennem tilbe-redningstiden.

d. Efter opvarmning, lad beholderen stå i ovnen i kort tid, og rør igen, før den forsigtigt tages ud.

e. Når drikkevarer opvarmes med mikrobølger, kan der opstå forsinket voldsom kogning. Du bør derfor være forsigtig, når du håndterer beholderen.

7. Låg Fjern altid låg på krukker, beholdere og takeaway-bakker, før du tilbereder dem med mikrobølger. Hvis du ikke gør det, kan damp og tryk dannes i emballagen og forårsage en eksplosion, selv efter at tilberedningen er afsluttet.

8. Friturestegning Forsøg ikke at friturestege i ovnen.

9. Stegetermometer Brug kun et stegetermometer til at kontrollere tilberedningen af stege og fjerkræ, når kødet er blevet fjernet fra mikrobølgeovnen. Hvis det ikke har fået nok, så sæt det tilbage i ovnen og giv det et par minutter mere ved det anbefalede effektniveau. Efterlad ikke et konventionelt stegetermometer i ovnen, når du bruger mikrobølger.

10. Papir, plast Ved opvarmning af mad i plast- eller pa-pirbeholdere, bør du kontrollere ovnen ofte, da disse typer beholdere kan antændes ved overophedning. Brug ikke lukkebånd med metaltråd til stegeposer, når tilberedningen omfatter mikrobølger, da dette kan forårsage gnistdannelse.

Brug ikke genanvendte papirprodukter, f.eks. køkkenrulle, med mindre de er specielt fremstillet til brug i en mikrobøl-geovn.

Disse produkter indeholder urenheder, som kan forårsage gnister og/eller brand, når de anvendes.

11. Genopvarmning Det er vigtigt, at genopvarmet mad serveres “rygende varm”.

Tag maden ud af ovnen og kontroller, at den er “rygende varm”, dvs. at damp udsendes fra alle dele, og en sauce bobler. (Hvis du vil, kan du kontrollere, at maden har nået 72 °C med et stegetermo- meter. Men husk at sådan et termometer ikke må bruges inde i mikrobølgeovnen.)

Ved tilberedning af madvarer, der ikke kan omrøres, f.eks. lasagne og tærter, kan du skære maden igennem med en kniv for at teste, at den er godt gennem-varm. Selv hvis en producents anvisnin-ger er blevet fulgt, bør du altid tjekke, at maden er rygende varm før servering, og hvis du er i tvivl, sætte den tilbage i ovnen til yderligere opvarmning.

17

Vigtig information12. Hviletid

Hviletid er den periode ved slutningen af tilberedningen eller genopvarmningen, hvor maden hviler, inden den spises. Denne hviletid tillader varmen i maden at fortsætte ind i midten og fjerne kolde pletter. Se side 20.

13. Hold ovnen ren Det er afgørende for en sikker drift af ovnen, at den aftørres regelmæssigt. Brug varmt sæbevand, vrid kluden godt og brug den til at fjerne fedt eller mad fra ovnrummet. Vær især opmærksom på området med lågens tætninger. Ovnen skal være frakoblet fra lysnettet ved rengøring. Den katalytiske belæg-ning på bagvæggen behøver ikke blive rengjort.

14. Grilning Ovnen fungerer kun med GRILL med døren lukket.

15. Ventilatormotor Efter brug af mikrobølgeovnen kan ventilatormotoren rotere i nogle minutter for at afkøle de elektriske komponenter. Dette er normalt, og du kan tage mad ud, selv om ventilatormotoren kører. Du kan fortsætte med at bruge ovnen i denne tid.

16. Beholdere Før brug bør du kontrollere, at redska-ber/beholdere er egnet til brug i mikro-

bølgeovne. Se side 24-26.

17. Sutteflasker og babymad Sutter og låg skal altid fjernes fra sutteflasker, før de sættes i ovnen til genopvarmning. Væsken øverst i flasken vil være meget varmere end i bunden og skal rystes grundigt før kontrol af temperaturen. Låget skal også fjernes fra bægre med babymad, og indholdet omrøres eller rystes, før temperaturen kontrolleres. Dette bør udføres før serve-ring for at undgå forbrændinger. Se side 64.

18. Gnistdannelse Gnistdannelse kan forekomme, hvis en metalbeholder er blevet brugt forkert, hvis der anvendes en forkert mængde mad, eller tilbehøret er blevet beska-diget. Gnistdannelse er glimt af blåt lys i forbindelse med mikrobølger. Hvis dette sker, skal du standse apparatet øjeblikkeligt. Hvis ovnen efterlades uden opsyn, og dette fortsætter, kan det beskadige apparatet. Du kan kun fortsætte tilberedningen med GRILL eller VARMLUFT.

18

Mikrobølge-principperMikrobølge-energi er blevet brugt til at lave mad og genopvarmning af madvarer siden tidlige eksperimenter med radar i Anden Verdenskrig.

Mikrobølger er til stede i atmosfæren hele tiden, både naturligt og fra menneskeskabte kilder.

Menneskeskabte kilder omfatter radar, radio, fjernsyn, telekommunikationsforbin-delser og mobiltelefoner.

I en mikrobølgeovn omdannes elektricitet til mikrobølger af magnetronen.

Mikrobølgerne får vandmolekylerne til at vibrere, hvad der forårsager friktion, dvs. VARME. Denne varme tilbereder derefter madvarerne. Mikrobølger tiltrækkes også af fedt og sukkerpartikler, og madvarer med et højt indhold af disse vil blive hurtigere tilberedt.

REFLEKSION Mikrobølgerne preller af metalvæggene og metalskærmen i lågen.

TRANSMISSION Derefter passerer de gennem madlavnings-beholdere og bliver absorberet af vandmo-lekylerne i maden. Alle madvarer indeholder vand i større eller mindre grad.

Hvordan mikrobølger tilbereder mad

Mikrobølger kan kun trænge ind til en dybde på 4 – 5 cm, og spredes som varme gennem maden ved ledning. Ligesom i en traditionel ovn tilberedes madvarer udefra og indefter.

Ovnrum

Keramisk plade

Mikrobølge- fordeler

Fordelermotor

Bølgeleder

Magnetron

19

Vigtige noter Skålen eller fadet, som bruges til tilbered-ning eller genopvarmning af maden, bliver varm under tilberedningen, da varmen over-føres fra madvarerne. Selv med mikrobølger kan grydelapper være påkrævet!

MIKROBØLGER KAN IKKE PASSERE GENNEM METAL. DERFOR KAN KØK- KENREDSKABER AF METAL ALDRIG BRUGES TIL MIKROBØLGE TILBERED-NING ALENE I DENNE OVN.

Madvarer som ikke er egnet til tilberedning ved mikrobølge aleneEngelske Yorkshire Puddings, souffleer, kødtærter.

Da disse madvarer behøver tør ekstern varme til korrekt tilberedning, bør du ikke forsøge at tilberede dem med mikrobølger.

Madvarer, som kræver friturestegning, kan heller ikke tilberedes i denne ovn.

Hviletid Når en mikrobølgeovn slukkes, vil maden fortsætte med at blive tilberedt ved varme-ledning – ikke ved MIKROBØLGEENER-GI. Derfor er HVILETID meget vigtigt ved mikrobølge tilberedning, især for kompakte madvarer som kød, kager og genopvarmede måltider (se side 20).

Bottom Feeding teknologi Bemærk, at dette produkt bruger Bottom Feeding teknologi til mikrobølgedistribution, som adskiller sig fra traditionelle løsninger med drejeskive og Side Feeding teknologi. Således bliver der mere brugbar plads til retter i forskellige størrelser.

Denne mikrobølge distributionsteknologi kan give en forskel i tilberedningstider (med mikrobølge) i sammenligning med Side Fee-ding apparater. Dette er helt normalt og bør ikke give anledning til nogen bekymring. Se genopvarmnings- og tilberedningstabellerne på side 65 – 81.

Kogte æg

Æg må ikke koges i mikrobølgeovnen. Rå æg kogt i deres skaller kan eksplodere og forårsage alvorlig personskade.

20

General GuidelinesStanding time

Dense foods e.g. meat, jacket potatoes andcakes, require a STANDING TIME (inside oroutside of the oven) after cook ing, to allowheat to finish con ducting through the food.

• Meat Joints – Stand 15 mins. wrapped inaluminium foil.

• Jacket Potatoes – Stand 5 mins. wrappedin aluminium foil when cooked bymicrowave only. It is not necessary tostand jacket potatoes cooked inCOMBINATION mode.

• Light Cakes – Stand 5 mins. beforeremoving from dish.

• Rich Dense Cakes – Stand 15-20 mins.

• Fish – Stand 2-3 mins.

• Egg Dishes – Stand 1-2 mins.

• Precooked Convenience Foods – Standfor 2-3 mins.

• Plated Meals – Stand for 2-3 mins.

• Vegetables – Boiled potatoes benefit fromstanding 1-2 mins., however most othertypes of vegetables can be servedimmediately.

If food is not cooked after STANDINGTIME, return to oven and cook foradditional time.

• Defrosting – It is essential to allowstanding time to com plete the process.This can vary for example from 5 mins forraspberries and up to 1 hour for a joint ofmeat. See page 35-37.

20

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 20

Generelle retningslinjerHviletid

Kompakte madvarer som kød, bagekartofler og kager, kræver en HVILETID (i eller uden for ovnen) efter tilberedningen, så varmen kan blive færdig med at strømme gennem maden.

• Stege – Hviletid 15 minutter indpakket i aluminiumsfolie.

• Bagekartofler – Hviletid 5 minutter indpakket i aluminiumsfolie, når de er tilberedt med MIKROBØLGE alene. Dette er ikke nødvendigt, når bagekar-tofler er tilberedt i KOMBINATION.

• Lette kager – Hviletid 5 minutter før de fjernes fra fadet.

• Tungere kager – Hviletid 15 – 20 minutter.

• Fisk – Hviletid 2 – 3 minutter.

• Æggeretter – Hviletid 1 – 2 minutter.

• Convenience Food – Hviletid 2 – 3 minutter.

• Færdigretter – Hviletid til 2 – 3 minutter.

• Grøntsager – Kogte kartofler har gavn af at stå 1 – 2 minutter, men de fleste andre typer grøntsager kan serveres straks.

Hvis maden ikke er tilberedt efter HVILETID, så sæt den tilbage til ovnen til yderligere tilberedning.

• Optøning – Det er vigtigt med hviletid til at fuldføre processen. Denne kan variere for eksempel fra 5 minutter for hindbær og op til 1 time for en steg. Se side 35 – 37.

21

PiercingThe skin or membrane on some foods willcause steam to build up during cooking. Thesefoods must be pierced or a strip of skin shouldbe peeled off before cooking to allow the steamto escape. Eggs, potatoes, apples, sausagesetc, will all need to be pierced before cooking.DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOIL EGGS IN THEIR SHELLS.

Moisture ContentMany fresh foods e.g. vegetables and fruit,vary in moisture content throughout the season. Jacket potatoes are a particular example of this. For this reason cooking timesmay have to be adjusted throughout the year.Dry ingredients e.g. rice, pasta, can dry out further during storage and cooking times maydiffer from ingredients freshly purchased.

Cling filmCling film helps keep the food moist and thetrapped steam assists in speeding up cookingtimes. However it should be pierced beforecooking, to allow excess steam to escape. Always take care when removing cling filmfrom a dish as the build-up of steam will bevery hot. Always purchase cling film that stateson the packet “suitable for microwave cooking”and use as a covering only. Do not line disheswith cling film. Do not cover foods when cooking by COMBINATION, CONVECTION orGRILL.

General Guidelines

Dish SizeFollow the dish sizes given in the recipes, asthese affect the cooking and reheating times. Aquantity of food spread in a bigger dish cooksand reheats more quickly.

21

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 21

PiercingThe skin or membrane on some foods willcause steam to build up during cooking. Thesefoods must be pierced or a strip of skin shouldbe peeled off before cooking to allow the steamto escape. Eggs, potatoes, apples, sausagesetc, will all need to be pierced before cooking.DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOIL EGGS IN THEIR SHELLS.

Moisture ContentMany fresh foods e.g. vegetables and fruit,vary in moisture content throughout the season. Jacket potatoes are a particular example of this. For this reason cooking timesmay have to be adjusted throughout the year.Dry ingredients e.g. rice, pasta, can dry out further during storage and cooking times maydiffer from ingredients freshly purchased.

Cling filmCling film helps keep the food moist and thetrapped steam assists in speeding up cookingtimes. However it should be pierced beforecooking, to allow excess steam to escape. Always take care when removing cling filmfrom a dish as the build-up of steam will bevery hot. Always purchase cling film that stateson the packet “suitable for microwave cooking”and use as a covering only. Do not line disheswith cling film. Do not cover foods when cooking by COMBINATION, CONVECTION orGRILL.

General Guidelines

Dish SizeFollow the dish sizes given in the recipes, asthese affect the cooking and reheating times. Aquantity of food spread in a bigger dish cooksand reheats more quickly.

21

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 21

Generelle retningslinjer

Perforering Skindet eller membranen på nogle madvarer vil medføre dampdannelse under tilbered-ning. Disse madvarer bør perforeres, eller en strimmel af skindet skal skrælles af før tilbe-redning for at tillade dampen at undslippe. Æg, kartofler, æbler, pølser osv., bør altid perforeres før tilberedning. FORSØG IKKE AT KOGE ÆG I DERES SKALLER.

Plastfolie Plastfolie hjælper med at holde maden fugtig og den indespærrede damp hjælper med at fremskynde tilberedningstiden. Folien bør perforeres før tilberedning, så over- skydende damp kan undslippe. Vær altid forsigtig, når plastfolie fjernes fra en skål, da dampen kan være meget varm. Køb altid plastfolie, som er mærket “egnet til mikrobøl-getilberedning” og bruge kun den til tildæk-ning. Læg ikke plastfolie under madvarer. Tildæk ikke fødevarer ved tilberedning med KOMBINATION, VARMLUFT eller GRILL.

Fugtindhold Mange friske fødevarer, f.eks. grøntsager og frugt, varierer i fugtindhold efter årstiden. Bagekartofler er et særligt eksempel på dette. Af denne grund skal tilberedningstiden måske justeres i løbet af året. Tørre ingredienser som ris og pasta kan udtørre yderligere under opbevaring, og tilberedningstiden kan variere fra netop indkøbte råvarer.

Fadstørrelse Brug de fadstørrelser, som anbefales i op- skrifterne, da disse påvirker tilberednings- og genopvarmningstider. Madvarer fordelt på et større fad tilberedes og genopvarmes hurtigere.

22

ShapeEven shapes cook evenly.

ArrangingIndividual foods e.g. chicken portions or chops,should be placed on a dish so that the thickerparts are to the outside.

QuantitySmall quantities cook faster than large quantities, also small meals will reheat morequickly than large portions.

DensityPorous airy foods heat more quickly thandense heavy foods.

SpacingFoods cook more quickly and evenly if spacedapart. NEVER pile foods on top of each other.

IngredientsFoods containing fat, sugar or salt heat up veryquickly. The filling may be much hotter than thepastry. Take care when eating. Do not overheateven if the pastry does not appear to be veryhot.

General Guidelines

22

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 22

ShapeEven shapes cook evenly.

ArrangingIndividual foods e.g. chicken portions or chops,should be placed on a dish so that the thickerparts are to the outside.

QuantitySmall quantities cook faster than large quantities, also small meals will reheat morequickly than large portions.

DensityPorous airy foods heat more quickly thandense heavy foods.

SpacingFoods cook more quickly and evenly if spacedapart. NEVER pile foods on top of each other.

IngredientsFoods containing fat, sugar or salt heat up veryquickly. The filling may be much hotter than thepastry. Take care when eating. Do not overheateven if the pastry does not appear to be veryhot.

General Guidelines

22

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 22

ShapeEven shapes cook evenly.

ArrangingIndividual foods e.g. chicken portions or chops,should be placed on a dish so that the thickerparts are to the outside.

QuantitySmall quantities cook faster than large quantities, also small meals will reheat morequickly than large portions.

DensityPorous airy foods heat more quickly thandense heavy foods.

SpacingFoods cook more quickly and evenly if spacedapart. NEVER pile foods on top of each other.

IngredientsFoods containing fat, sugar or salt heat up veryquickly. The filling may be much hotter than thepastry. Take care when eating. Do not overheateven if the pastry does not appear to be veryhot.

General Guidelines

22

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 22

Generelle retningslinjer

Mængde Små mængder tilberedes hurtigere end store mængder. Små måltider genopvarmes også hurtigere end store portioner.

Form Regulære former tilberedes ensartet.

Plads Madvarer tilberedes hurtigere og mere ensartet i en vis afstand fra hinanden. Læg ALDRIG madvarer oven på hinanden.

Ingredienser Madvarer, der indeholder fedt, sukker eller salt, opvarmes meget hurtigt. Fyldet kan være meget varmere end brødet. Vær forsigtig, når du spiser. Vær forsigtig med at overophede, selv om brødet ikke virker særlig varmt.

Tæthed Porøse luftige madvarer opvarmes hurtigere end tætte tunge madvarer.

Placering Enkelte madvarer som kyllingestykker eller koteletter bør anbringes på et fad, så de tykkere dele vender udad.

23

Starting TemperatureThe colder the food, the longer it takes to heatup. Food from a fridge takes longer to reheatthan food at room temperature. Food temperature should be between 5-8ºC beforecooking.

CoveringCover foods with microwave cling film or a self-fitting lid. Cover fish, vegetables,casseroles, soups. Do not cover cakes,sauces, jacket potatoes, pastry items. Pleaserefer to cooking charts and recipes for moreinformation.

General Guidelines

Checking FoodIt is essential that food is checked during andafter a recommended cooking time, even if anAUTO PROGRAM has been used (just as youwould check food cooked in a conven tionaloven). Return the food to the oven for furthercooking if necessary.

CleaningAs microwaves work on food particles, keep youroven clean at all times. Stubborn spots of foodcan be removed by using a branded oven cleaner,sprayed onto a soft cloth. Always wipe the ovendry after cleaning. Avoid any plastic parts anddoor area. Customers should not spray directlyinto the cavity. The catalylic lining at the back ofthe oven is self cleaning. See page 12 point 4.

Turning and StirringSome foods require stirring during cooking.Meat and poultry should be turned after halfthe cooking time.

LiquidsAll liquids must be stirred before, during andafter heating. Water espe cially must be stirredbefore and during heating, to avoid eruption.Do not heat liquids that have previously beenboiled. DO NOT OVERHEAT. Stir beforeserving.

23

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 23

Starting TemperatureThe colder the food, the longer it takes to heatup. Food from a fridge takes longer to reheatthan food at room temperature. Food temperature should be between 5-8ºC beforecooking.

CoveringCover foods with microwave cling film or a self-fitting lid. Cover fish, vegetables,casseroles, soups. Do not cover cakes,sauces, jacket potatoes, pastry items. Pleaserefer to cooking charts and recipes for moreinformation.

General Guidelines

Checking FoodIt is essential that food is checked during andafter a recommended cooking time, even if anAUTO PROGRAM has been used (just as youwould check food cooked in a conven tionaloven). Return the food to the oven for furthercooking if necessary.

CleaningAs microwaves work on food particles, keep youroven clean at all times. Stubborn spots of foodcan be removed by using a branded oven cleaner,sprayed onto a soft cloth. Always wipe the ovendry after cleaning. Avoid any plastic parts anddoor area. Customers should not spray directlyinto the cavity. The catalylic lining at the back ofthe oven is self cleaning. See page 12 point 4.

Turning and StirringSome foods require stirring during cooking.Meat and poultry should be turned after halfthe cooking time.

LiquidsAll liquids must be stirred before, during andafter heating. Water espe cially must be stirredbefore and during heating, to avoid eruption.Do not heat liquids that have previously beenboiled. DO NOT OVERHEAT. Stir beforeserving.

23

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 23

Starting TemperatureThe colder the food, the longer it takes to heatup. Food from a fridge takes longer to reheatthan food at room temperature. Food temperature should be between 5-8ºC beforecooking.

CoveringCover foods with microwave cling film or a self-fitting lid. Cover fish, vegetables,casseroles, soups. Do not cover cakes,sauces, jacket potatoes, pastry items. Pleaserefer to cooking charts and recipes for moreinformation.

General Guidelines

Checking FoodIt is essential that food is checked during andafter a recommended cooking time, even if anAUTO PROGRAM has been used (just as youwould check food cooked in a conven tionaloven). Return the food to the oven for furthercooking if necessary.

CleaningAs microwaves work on food particles, keep youroven clean at all times. Stubborn spots of foodcan be removed by using a branded oven cleaner,sprayed onto a soft cloth. Always wipe the ovendry after cleaning. Avoid any plastic parts anddoor area. Customers should not spray directlyinto the cavity. The catalylic lining at the back ofthe oven is self cleaning. See page 12 point 4.

Turning and StirringSome foods require stirring during cooking.Meat and poultry should be turned after halfthe cooking time.

LiquidsAll liquids must be stirred before, during andafter heating. Water espe cially must be stirredbefore and during heating, to avoid eruption.Do not heat liquids that have previously beenboiled. DO NOT OVERHEAT. Stir beforeserving.

23

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 23

Generelle retningslinjer

Starttemperatur Jo koldere madvarerne er, desto længere tager det at varme dem op. Madvarer fra et køleskab tager længere tid at genopvarme end madvarer ved stuetemperatur. Madens temperatur skal være mellem 5 – 8 ºC før tilberedning.

Vending og omrøring Nogle fødevarer kræver omrøring under tilberedningen. Kød og fjerkræ skal vendes efter halvdelen af tilberedningstiden.

Kontrol af madvarer Det er vigtigt, at madvarer kontrolleres under og efter en anbefalet tilberedningstid, selv om der er anvendt et AUTO PROGRAM (ligesom du ville tjekke mad tilberedt i en konventionel ovn). Sæt maden tilbage i ovnen til yderligere tilberedning, hvis det er nødvendigt.

Rengøring Da mikrobølger arbejde med madpartikler, bør du altid holde ovnen ren. Genstridige mad- rester kan fjernes ved hjælp af lidt almindeligt ovnrenser, som sprayes på en blød, fugtig klud. Tør altid ovnen efter rengøring. Undgå plastdele og lågeområdet. Sprøjt ikke direkte ind i ovn-rummet. Den katalytiske belægning på ovnens bagvæg er selvrensende. Se s. 12 punkt 4.

Tildækning Dæk madvarer med mikrobølgefilm eller et godt passende låg. Dæk fisk, grøntsager, gryderetter, supper. Tildæk ikke kager, sau-cer, bagekartofler og brød. Se tilberednings-tabeller og opskrifter for mere information.

Væsker Alle væsker skal omrøres før, under og efter opvarmning. Især vand skal omrøres før og under opvarmning for at undgå over- kogning. Opvarm ikke væsker, der tidligere har været kogt. OVEROPHED IKKE. Omrøres før servering.

24

China and CeramicEveryday glazed china, porcelain or ceramicplates, bowls, mugs and cups can be used ifthey are heat resis tant. Fine bone chinashould only be used for reheating for shortperiods. Do not use dishes with a metal rim orpattern. Do not use jugs or mugs with gluedhandles, since the glue can melt. If dishes areheat resistant they may be used onConvection and Combination but not directlyunder the Grill.

Containers to use

1. Fill a microwave safe measur ing jug with300ml (½ pt) cold water.

2. Place it on the base of the oven along sidethe dish to be tested. If the dish you aretesting is a large dish, then stand themeasur ing jug on top of the empty dish.

3. Heat on HIGH power for 1 minute.

ResultIf the dish is suitable for micro waving, it willremain cool, whilst the water in the jug willbegin to feel warm. If the testing dish feelswarm, do not use as it is obvious ly absorbingmicrowave energy.

N.B. This test does not apply to plastic or metalbased con tainers e.g. Le Creuset® style dishes,which should not be used as they are cast ironcovered with enamel.

Quick Check Guide to Cooking Utensils

Choosing the correct container is a very important factor in deciding the success or failure of yourcooking.

Testing Dishes for Suitability - For Microwave Cooking Only.

Oven GlassEveryday glass that is heat resistant e.g.Pyrex, is ideal for Microwave, Convection orCombination cooking. Do not use delicateglass or lead crystal which may crack or arc.

When unsure that a cooking con tainer issuitable for use in your microwave, check bythe follow ing test:

24

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 24

China and CeramicEveryday glazed china, porcelain or ceramicplates, bowls, mugs and cups can be used ifthey are heat resis tant. Fine bone chinashould only be used for reheating for shortperiods. Do not use dishes with a metal rim orpattern. Do not use jugs or mugs with gluedhandles, since the glue can melt. If dishes areheat resistant they may be used onConvection and Combination but not directlyunder the Grill.

Containers to use

1. Fill a microwave safe measur ing jug with300ml (½ pt) cold water.

2. Place it on the base of the oven along sidethe dish to be tested. If the dish you aretesting is a large dish, then stand themeasur ing jug on top of the empty dish.

3. Heat on HIGH power for 1 minute.

ResultIf the dish is suitable for micro waving, it willremain cool, whilst the water in the jug willbegin to feel warm. If the testing dish feelswarm, do not use as it is obvious ly absorbingmicrowave energy.

N.B. This test does not apply to plastic or metalbased con tainers e.g. Le Creuset® style dishes,which should not be used as they are cast ironcovered with enamel.

Quick Check Guide to Cooking Utensils

Choosing the correct container is a very important factor in deciding the success or failure of yourcooking.

Testing Dishes for Suitability - For Microwave Cooking Only.

Oven GlassEveryday glass that is heat resistant e.g.Pyrex, is ideal for Microwave, Convection orCombination cooking. Do not use delicateglass or lead crystal which may crack or arc.

When unsure that a cooking con tainer issuitable for use in your microwave, check bythe follow ing test:

24

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 24

China and CeramicEveryday glazed china, porcelain or ceramicplates, bowls, mugs and cups can be used ifthey are heat resis tant. Fine bone chinashould only be used for reheating for shortperiods. Do not use dishes with a metal rim orpattern. Do not use jugs or mugs with gluedhandles, since the glue can melt. If dishes areheat resistant they may be used onConvection and Combination but not directlyunder the Grill.

Containers to use

1. Fill a microwave safe measur ing jug with300ml (½ pt) cold water.

2. Place it on the base of the oven along sidethe dish to be tested. If the dish you aretesting is a large dish, then stand themeasur ing jug on top of the empty dish.

3. Heat on HIGH power for 1 minute.

ResultIf the dish is suitable for micro waving, it willremain cool, whilst the water in the jug willbegin to feel warm. If the testing dish feelswarm, do not use as it is obvious ly absorbingmicrowave energy.

N.B. This test does not apply to plastic or metalbased con tainers e.g. Le Creuset® style dishes,which should not be used as they are cast ironcovered with enamel.

Quick Check Guide to Cooking Utensils

Choosing the correct container is a very important factor in deciding the success or failure of yourcooking.

Testing Dishes for Suitability - For Microwave Cooking Only.

Oven GlassEveryday glass that is heat resistant e.g.Pyrex, is ideal for Microwave, Convection orCombination cooking. Do not use delicateglass or lead crystal which may crack or arc.

When unsure that a cooking con tainer issuitable for use in your microwave, check bythe follow ing test:

24

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 24

Brugbare beholdereAt vælge den rigtige beholder er en meget vigtig faktor for, om din madlavning skal være vellykket eller mislykket.

Test af fades egnethed – Kun til mikrobølgetilberedning.

Er du i tvivl, om en beholder eller fad er egnet til brug i mikrobølgeovnen, så tjek det med denne test:

1. Fyld et mikrobølgesikkert målebæger med 300 ml koldt vand.

2. Stil det på bunden af ovnen ved siden af det fad, der skal testes. Hvis fadet er stort, så stil målebægeret oven på det tomme fad.

3. Opvarm på HIGH effekt i 1 minut.

ResultatHvis fadet er egnet til mikrobølger, vil det forblive køligt, mens vandet i bægeret vil begynde at føles varmt. Hvis fadet føles varmt, bør du ikke bruge det, da det åbenbart ab-sorberer mikrobølgeenergi.

NB: Denne test gælder ikke for plast- eller metalbaserede beholdere som f.eks. Le Creuset®, der ikke bør anvendes, da de er af støbejern belagt med emalje.

Ovnfast glasAlmindeligt glas, der er varmebestandig, f.eks. Pyrex, er ideelt til mikrobølge, varmluft eller kombination tilberedning. Brug ikke sarte glas eller krystalglas, der kan revne eller udsende gnister.

Lynguide til køkkenredskaber

Porcelæn og keramikAlmindeligt glaseret porcelæn, fajance eller keramiske tallerkener, skåle, krus og kopper kan bruges, hvis de er varmebestandige. Fint benporcelæn bør kun anvendes til genopvarmning i korte perioder. Brug ikke tallerkener eller fade med en metalkant eller et forgyldt mønster. Brug ikke kander eller krus med limede håndtag, da limen kan smelte. Hvis fade er varmebestandige, kan de anvendes til varmluft og kombination, men ikke direkte under grillen.

25

Foil/Metal ContainersNEVER ATTEMPT TO COOK IN FOIL ORMETAL con tai ners on Microwave only as themicrowaves cannot pass through and the foodwill not heat evenly, it may also damage youroven. Foil and metal containers can be usedon grill and convection modes and may beused with care during certain combinationcooking as long as they are not damaged ordented.

PlasticMany plastic containers are designed formicrowave use, but do not use for cooking foodshigh in sugar or fat or for foods that require longcooking times e.g. brown rice. Only useTupperware® containers if they are designed formicrowave use.

Do not use Melamine. Never cook in margarinecartons or yoghurt pots, as these will melt withthe heat from the food. If heatproof they can beused for Convection or Combination cooking.DO NOT USE UNDER THE GRILL.

Containers to use

Pottery, Earthenware, StonewareIf completely glazed, these dishes aresuitable. Do not use if partially glazed orunglazed, since they are able to absorb waterwhich in turn absorbs microwave energy,making the container very hot and slows downthe cooking of food.

25

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 25

Foil/Metal ContainersNEVER ATTEMPT TO COOK IN FOIL ORMETAL con tai ners on Microwave only as themicrowaves cannot pass through and the foodwill not heat evenly, it may also damage youroven. Foil and metal containers can be usedon grill and convection modes and may beused with care during certain combinationcooking as long as they are not damaged ordented.

PlasticMany plastic containers are designed formicrowave use, but do not use for cooking foodshigh in sugar or fat or for foods that require longcooking times e.g. brown rice. Only useTupperware® containers if they are designed formicrowave use.

Do not use Melamine. Never cook in margarinecartons or yoghurt pots, as these will melt withthe heat from the food. If heatproof they can beused for Convection or Combination cooking.DO NOT USE UNDER THE GRILL.

Containers to use

Pottery, Earthenware, StonewareIf completely glazed, these dishes aresuitable. Do not use if partially glazed orunglazed, since they are able to absorb waterwhich in turn absorbs microwave energy,making the container very hot and slows downthe cooking of food.

25

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 25

Brugbare beholdere

Keramik, fajance, stentøjHvis de er fuldstændigt glaserede, er disse fade egnede. Brug dem ikke, hvis de er delvist glaserede eller uglaserede, da de kan absorbere vand, som igen absorberer mikrobølgeenergi. Så kan beholderne blive meget varme og sinke tilberedningen af mad.

PlastMange plastbeholdere er konstrueret til brug i mikrobølgeovn, men bør ikke bruges til tilberedning af madvarer med højt indhold af sukker eller fedt eller til madvarer, der kræver lang tilberedningstid, f.eks. brune ris. Brug kun Tupperware® beholdere, hvis de er beregnet til brug i mikrobølgeovn.

Folie/MetalbeholdereFORSØG ALDRIG AT TILBEREDE MAD I FOLIE ELLER METALBEHOLDERE på Mikrobølge, da mikrobølger ikke trænge igennem metal. Maden vil ikke blive varmet jævnt, og det kan også skade din ovn. Folie og metalbeholdere kan bruges til Grill og Varmluft tilberedning, og de kan også anvendes med omhu under nogle kombi-nationstilberedninger, så længe de ikke er beskadiget eller bulet.

Brug ikke Melamin. Tilbered aldrig mad i margarinekartoner eller yoghurtbægre, da disse vil smelte med varmen fra maden. Hvis de er varmefaste, kan de bruges til Varmluft eller Kombination tilberedning. MÅ IKKE ANVENDES UNDER GRILLEN.

26

Wicker, Wood, Straw Baskets

Dishes will crack and could ignite. Do not use wooden dishes in your microwave.DO NOT USE ON ANY COOKING MODE.

Roasting BagsRoasting bags are useful when slit up one sideto tent a joint, for roasting by power and time.Do not use the metal twists supplied, whenusing Microwave or Combination.

Cling FilmMicrowave cling film can only be used forcovering food that is reheated by microwave. It is also useful for covering food to be cooked,but care should be taken to avoid the filmbeing in direct contact with the food. DO NOTUSE ON ANY OTHER COOKING MODE.

Aluminium FoilSmall amounts of smooth aluminium foil can beused to SHIELD joints of meat during defrostingand cook ing by Microwave, as the microwavescannot pass through the foil, this prevents theparts shielded from overcook ing or over de frost ing. Take care that the foil does nottouch the sides or roof of the oven, as this maycause arcing and damage your oven. Aluminiumfoil can be used for Convection cooking.

PaperPlain white absorbent kitchen paper (kitchentowel) can only be used for microwave cookinge.g. covering blind pastry cases and for cover ing bacon to prevent splattering. ONLYUSE FOR SHORT COOKING TIMES. NEVERRE-USE A PIECE OF KITCHEN TOWEL.ALWAYS USE A FRESH PIECE OF PAPERFOR EACH DISH.Avoid kitchen paper containing manmadefibres. If you are using branded re-cycledkitchen towel, check first that it isrecommended for microwave use. Do not usewaxed or plastic coated cups or plates as thefinish may melt. Greaseproof paper can beused to line the base of dishes and to coverfatty foods e.g. bacon rashers, to stopsplattering. White paper plates can be used forSHORT RE HEATING TIMES, on Microwaveonly.

Containers to use

26

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 26

Wicker, Wood, Straw Baskets

Dishes will crack and could ignite. Do not use wooden dishes in your microwave.DO NOT USE ON ANY COOKING MODE.

Roasting BagsRoasting bags are useful when slit up one sideto tent a joint, for roasting by power and time.Do not use the metal twists supplied, whenusing Microwave or Combination.

Cling FilmMicrowave cling film can only be used forcovering food that is reheated by microwave. It is also useful for covering food to be cooked,but care should be taken to avoid the filmbeing in direct contact with the food. DO NOTUSE ON ANY OTHER COOKING MODE.

Aluminium FoilSmall amounts of smooth aluminium foil can beused to SHIELD joints of meat during defrostingand cook ing by Microwave, as the microwavescannot pass through the foil, this prevents theparts shielded from overcook ing or over de frost ing. Take care that the foil does nottouch the sides or roof of the oven, as this maycause arcing and damage your oven. Aluminiumfoil can be used for Convection cooking.

PaperPlain white absorbent kitchen paper (kitchentowel) can only be used for microwave cookinge.g. covering blind pastry cases and for cover ing bacon to prevent splattering. ONLYUSE FOR SHORT COOKING TIMES. NEVERRE-USE A PIECE OF KITCHEN TOWEL.ALWAYS USE A FRESH PIECE OF PAPERFOR EACH DISH.Avoid kitchen paper containing manmadefibres. If you are using branded re-cycledkitchen towel, check first that it isrecommended for microwave use. Do not usewaxed or plastic coated cups or plates as thefinish may melt. Greaseproof paper can beused to line the base of dishes and to coverfatty foods e.g. bacon rashers, to stopsplattering. White paper plates can be used forSHORT RE HEATING TIMES, on Microwaveonly.

Containers to use

26

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 26

Wicker, Wood, Straw Baskets

Dishes will crack and could ignite. Do not use wooden dishes in your microwave.DO NOT USE ON ANY COOKING MODE.

Roasting BagsRoasting bags are useful when slit up one sideto tent a joint, for roasting by power and time.Do not use the metal twists supplied, whenusing Microwave or Combination.

Cling FilmMicrowave cling film can only be used forcovering food that is reheated by microwave. It is also useful for covering food to be cooked,but care should be taken to avoid the filmbeing in direct contact with the food. DO NOTUSE ON ANY OTHER COOKING MODE.

Aluminium FoilSmall amounts of smooth aluminium foil can beused to SHIELD joints of meat during defrostingand cook ing by Microwave, as the microwavescannot pass through the foil, this prevents theparts shielded from overcook ing or over de frost ing. Take care that the foil does nottouch the sides or roof of the oven, as this maycause arcing and damage your oven. Aluminiumfoil can be used for Convection cooking.

PaperPlain white absorbent kitchen paper (kitchentowel) can only be used for microwave cookinge.g. covering blind pastry cases and for cover ing bacon to prevent splattering. ONLYUSE FOR SHORT COOKING TIMES. NEVERRE-USE A PIECE OF KITCHEN TOWEL.ALWAYS USE A FRESH PIECE OF PAPERFOR EACH DISH.Avoid kitchen paper containing manmadefibres. If you are using branded re-cycledkitchen towel, check first that it isrecommended for microwave use. Do not usewaxed or plastic coated cups or plates as thefinish may melt. Greaseproof paper can beused to line the base of dishes and to coverfatty foods e.g. bacon rashers, to stopsplattering. White paper plates can be used forSHORT RE HEATING TIMES, on Microwaveonly.

Containers to use

26

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 26

Brugbare beholdere

Peddigrør-, træ- og halmkurveKurve af disse materialer kan gå i stykker og antændes. Brug ikke trætallerkener i mikrobølgeovnen. MÅ IKKE BRUGES TIL TILBEREDNING AF MAD.

StegeposerStegeposer er nyttige, når de slidses op i den ene side til tildækning ved stegning ef-ter effekt og tid. Brug ikke de medfølgende metalstrips i forbindelse med Mikrobølger eller Kombination.

PlastfolieMikrobølgefilm kan ikke kun bruges til at dække mad, der genopvarmes med mikro-bølge. Det er også nyttigt til at dække mad, som skal tilberedes, men der bør udvises omhu for at undgå, at filmen kommer i direk-te kontakt med madvarer. MÅ IKKE ANVENDES I NOGEN ANDEN TILBEREDNINGSINDSTILLING.

AluminiumsfolieSmå stykker glat aluminiumfolie kan anvendes til at beskytte kødstykker under optøning og tilberedning med mikrobølge. Da mikrobølger ikke kan passere gennem folien, forhindrer dette de beskyttede dele mod overdreven tilberedning eller optøning. Pas på at folien ikke rører siderne eller loftet i ovnen, da dette kan medføre gnistdannelse og beskadige ovnen. Aluminiumsfolie kan anvendes til Varmluft tilberedning.

PapirAlmindelig hvid absorberende køkkenru-lle kan kun anvendes til tilberedning med mikrobølge, f.eks. tildækning af tærtebunde uden fyld samt til at dække bacon for at forhindre sprøjt. KUN til korte tilberednings- tider. GENBRUG ALDRIG ET STYKKE KØKKENRULLE. BRUG ALTID ET FRISK STYKKE PAPIR TIL HVERT FAD.

Undgå køkkenpapir indeholdende synte-tiske fibre. Hvis du bruger køkkenrulle af genbrugspapir, så tjek først, at det anbefa-les til mikrobølge. Brug ikke vokspapir eller plastovertrukne kopper eller tallerkener, hvis finish kan smelte. Fedttæt papir kan anvendes til at lægge i bunden af tallerke-ner og dække fedtholdige madvarer, f.eks. baconterninger, for at forhindre sprøjt. Hvide papirtallerkener kan bruges til KORTE GENOPVARMNINGSTIDER på Mikrobølge.

27

Control Panel NN-CF771SNN-CF760M NN-CF750W*

(1) Display Window(2) Microwave Power Button(3) Grill Button(4) Convection Button(5) Auto Weight Defrost Programs

(Chaos Defrost)(6) Auto Weight Programs Button(7) Time/Weight Dial(8) Memory Button(9) Timer Button:

This can be used to delay a cooking program for up to 9 hrs; or used as atimer or for standing (non-cooking) time.It is also used to set the clock.

(10) Clock Button(11) Stop/Cancel Button:

Before Cooking:one press clears your instructions.During Cooking:one press temporarily stops the cooking program. Another press cancels all your instructions and a colonor the time of day will appear in thedisplay.

(12) Start Button:Press to start operating the oven.If during cooking the door is opened orStop/Cancel Button is pressed once,Start Button has to be pressed again to continue cooking.

(1)

(2)

(12)

(3)(4)

(10)

(5)

(7)

Beep Sound:A beep sounds when a button is pressed. Ifthis beep does not sound, the setting is incorrect. When the oven changes from onefunction to another, two beeps sound. Aftercompletion of cooking, five beeps sound.

(6)

(8)(9)

(11)

27

Note:If an operation is set and Start Button is notpressed, after 6 minutes, the oven will automatically cancel the operation.The displaywill revert back to colon or Clock Mode.

The design of your control panel may varyfrom the panel displayed (depending oncolour), but the words on the buttons willbe the same.

*

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 27

Kontrolpanel

NB:Hvis en operation er indstillet, og der ikke trykkes på Start knappen, vil ovnen efter 6 minutter automatisk annullere handlingen. Displayet vender tilbage til kolon eller klok-ken.

* Udformningen af dit kontrolpanel kan variere fra det viste panel (afhængigt af farve), men ordene på knapperne vil være de samme.

(1) Display-vindue

(2) Mikrobølge effekt knap

(3) Grill knap

(4) Varmluft knap

(5) Automatisk vægt optønings- programmer (Chaos Defrost)

(6) Automatisk vægt programmer knap

(7) Tid/Vægt drejeknap

(8) Hukommelse knap

(9) Timer knap: Denne funktion kan anvendes til at forsinke en tilberedning i op til 9 timer; eller anvendes som timer eller til hviletid (ikke tilberedning) tid. Knappen bruges også til at indstille uret.

(10) Ur knap

(11) Stop/Annuller knap: Før tilberedning: Et tryk sletter dine instruktioner. Under tilberedning: Et tryk stopper tilberedningsprogram-met midlertidigt. Endnu et tryk annul-lerer alle dine instruktioner, og et kolon eller klokken bliver vist på displayet.

(12) Start knap: Tryk for at begynde at betjene ovnen. Hvis lågen åbnes under tilberedning-en, eller der trykkes én gang på Stop/Annuller knappen, skal der trykkes på Start knappen igen for at fortsætte tilberedningen.

Biplyd: Der lyder et bip, når der trykkes på en knap. Hvis dette bip ikke lyder, er ind- stillingen forkert. Når ovnen skifter fra en funktion til en anden, lyder to bip. Efter afslutning af tilberedningen lyder fem bip.

NN-CF771SNN-CF760MNN-CF750W*

28

1 Plug in

Plug into a 13 amp fused electrical socket. You will bereminded to read your operating instructions.

2 Press Clock Button to set clock

Set clock as a 24 hr clock. (See page 29 for details).

3 Press Convection Button

( will appear in the display window with the oventemperature)(this procedure is to burn off the oil used forrust protection in the oven.) Press the Convection Buttonuntil 250ºC is in the display window. Remove allaccessories from the oven.

4 Enter Time

Turn Time/Weight dial until 5 minutes is displayed in thewindow.

5 Press Start Button

The time will be displayed in the window and countdown. The oven will beep at the end of the program. Theoven is now ready to use.Caution: Grill elements and oven will be hot.

6 Demonstration Mode

This is to enable you to experiment setting variousprograms. (The letter D will always appear in the displaywindow. This is to confirm that there is no microwavepower produced and it is safe to use the oven withoutany food). To set Demonstration Mode: press micropower once, then press Stop/Cancel 4 times. To cancelDemonstration Mode press Micro power once, thenpress Stop/Cancel 4 times.

7 Child Lock

To operate the child lock facility press the Start Buttonthree times, this will deactivate the microwave. “Lock” willappear in the display and none of the controls willoperate. To clear child lock facility press Stop/Cancelbutton three times.

Letʼs Start to Use your Oven

28

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 28

Lad os begynde at bruge din ovn

1 Tilslutning

Sæt netstikket i en stikkontakt med en kapacitet på13 A. Du bliver mindet om at læse brugervejledningen.

2 Tryk på Clock knappen for at indstille uret

Indstil uret som et 24-timers ur. (Se side 29 for detaljer).

3 Tryk på Varmluft knappen

([

1 Plug in

Plug into a 13 amp fused electrical socket. You will bereminded to read your operating instructions.

2 Press Clock Button to set clock

Set clock as a 24 hr clock. (See page 29 for details).

3 Press Convection Button

( will appear in the display window with the oventemperature)(this procedure is to burn off the oil used forrust protection in the oven.) Press the Convection Buttonuntil 250ºC is in the display window. Remove allaccessories from the oven.

4 Enter Time

Turn Time/Weight dial until 5 minutes is displayed in thewindow.

5 Press Start Button

The time will be displayed in the window and countdown. The oven will beep at the end of the program. Theoven is now ready to use.Caution: Grill elements and oven will be hot.

6 Demonstration Mode

This is to enable you to experiment setting variousprograms. (The letter D will always appear in the displaywindow. This is to confirm that there is no microwavepower produced and it is safe to use the oven withoutany food). To set Demonstration Mode: press micropower once, then press Stop/Cancel 4 times. To cancelDemonstration Mode press Micro power once, thenpress Stop/Cancel 4 times.

7 Child Lock

To operate the child lock facility press the Start Buttonthree times, this will deactivate the microwave. “Lock” willappear in the display and none of the controls willoperate. To clear child lock facility press Stop/Cancelbutton three times.

Letʼs Start to Use your Oven

28

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 28

] vises på displayet sammen med ovntemperaturen) (denne procedure har til formål at afbrænde olien til rust-beskyttelse i ovnen.) Tryk på Varmluft knappen indtil 250 ºC vises på displayet. Fjern alt tilbehør fra ovnen.

4 Indstil tid

Drej Tid/Vægt knappen, til 5 minutter vises i vinduet.

5 Tryk på Start knappen

Tiden bliver vist i vinduet og tæller ned. Ovnen bipper ved afslutningen af programmet. Ovnen er nu klar til brug. Forsigtig: Grillelementerne og ovnen vil være varme.

6 Demo-funktion

Denne funktion gør det muligt for dig at eksperimentere med indstilling af forskellige programmer. (Bogstavet D vises altid på displayet. Dette sker for at bekræfte, at der er ikke produceres mikrobølger, og det er sikkert at bruge ovnen uden mad). Sådan indstilles Demo-funktionen: Tryk én gang på Mikrobølge effekt, og tryk derefter på Stop/Annuller 4 gange. Sådan annulleres Demo-funktionen: Tryk én gang på Mikrobølge effekt, og tryk derefter på Stop/Annuller 4 gange.

7 Børnesikring

For at aktivere børnesikringen, tryk på Start knappen tre gange. Dette vil deaktivere mikrobølgeovnen. ”Lock” vises på displayet, og ingen af kontrollerne vil fungere. Børnesikringen deaktiveres ved at trykke på Stop/Annuller knappen tre gange.

2929

Clock Setting:

• Press Clock ButtonOnce“SET TIME” will appearin the display windowand the colon starts toblink.

• Enter the time by turning theTime/Weight Dial.Enter time of day by using Time/Weight Dial e.g. 13.25pm (24 hr clock).

• Press Clock Button.The colon stops blinking andthe time of day is entered.

NOTE:1. To reset the time of day repeat all the above steps.2. The clock will keep the time of day as long as the oven is plugged in and electricity is supplied.3. This is a 24 hour clock.

Controls and Operation Procedure

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 29

Kontroller og betjening

NB:1. For at nulstille klokken, skal du gentage alle de ovenstående trin. 2. Uret vil gå, så længe ovnen er tilsluttet en tændt stikkontakt. 3. Dette er et 24-timers ur.

• Tryk én gang på Ur knappen. ”SET TIME” vises på displayet, og kolonet begynder at blinke.

• Indstil tiden ved at dreje Tid/Vægt knappen. Indstil klokken ved at bruge Tid/Vægt knappen, f.eks. 13.25 (24-timers ur).

• Tryk på Ur knappen. Kolonet holder op med at blinke, og klokkeslættet er indlæst.

Indstilling af uret:

3030

• Select desiredMicrowavepower level.

• Select the cookingtime using theTime/Weight Dial.

• Press StartButton.

There are 6 different microwave power levels available.Do not place food directly on the ceramic plate. Place on glass dish supplied with the oven or useyour own dishes, plates or bowls directly on the ceramic plate.

Selecting Microwave Power Level:

N.B.1. Maximum time that can be set on HIGH

power is 30 min.2. On all Power Levels, except HIGH power,

the maximum time that can be set is 1hr 30mins.

3. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/ Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. (Time can beincreased/decreased in 1 minuteincrements, up to 10 minutes. This is onlythe case for one stage cooking).

4. DO NOT attempt to use microwave onlywith any metal accessory in the oven.

5. DO NOT place food directly onto the oven cavity floor. Place in a microwave or Glassdish. Foods reheated or cooked byMICROWAVE only are normally coveredwith a lid or cling film, unless otherwise stated.

Two Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 10 minutes followed bySimmer power 20 minutes; Select High powerand program 10 minutes then select secondpower (Simmer) with second cooking time (20minutes) then press Start.

Three Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 5 minutes, Delay 5 minutes,High power 2 minutes; Select first Power leveland cooking time, then press Timer and time,then select final power level and final cookingtime. Then press Start.

Microwave Cooking and Defrosting

Press PowerLevel Wattage

Once High 1000WTwice Defrost 270W3 Times Medium 600W4 Times Low 440W5 Times Simmer 250W6 Times Warm 100W

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 30

30

• Select desiredMicrowavepower level.

• Select the cookingtime using theTime/Weight Dial.

• Press StartButton.

There are 6 different microwave power levels available.Do not place food directly on the ceramic plate. Place on glass dish supplied with the oven or useyour own dishes, plates or bowls directly on the ceramic plate.

Selecting Microwave Power Level:

N.B.1. Maximum time that can be set on HIGH

power is 30 min.2. On all Power Levels, except HIGH power,

the maximum time that can be set is 1hr 30mins.

3. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/ Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. (Time can beincreased/decreased in 1 minuteincrements, up to 10 minutes. This is onlythe case for one stage cooking).

4. DO NOT attempt to use microwave onlywith any metal accessory in the oven.

5. DO NOT place food directly onto the oven cavity floor. Place in a microwave or Glassdish. Foods reheated or cooked byMICROWAVE only are normally coveredwith a lid or cling film, unless otherwise stated.

Two Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 10 minutes followed bySimmer power 20 minutes; Select High powerand program 10 minutes then select secondpower (Simmer) with second cooking time (20minutes) then press Start.

Three Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 5 minutes, Delay 5 minutes,High power 2 minutes; Select first Power leveland cooking time, then press Timer and time,then select final power level and final cookingtime. Then press Start.

Microwave Cooking and Defrosting

Press PowerLevel Wattage

Once High 1000WTwice Defrost 270W3 Times Medium 600W4 Times Low 440W5 Times Simmer 250W6 Times Warm 100W

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 30

Mikrobølgetilberedning og optøningDer er 6 forskellige mikrobølge effekt niveauer til rådighed. Madvarerne må ikke anbringes direkte på den keramiske plade. Brug det medfølgende glasfad eller dine egne fade, tallerkener eller skåle direkte på den keramiske plade.

Valg af mikrobølgeeffekt:

• Tryk på Start knappen.

• Vælg det ønskede mikrobølge effektniveau

30

• Select desiredMicrowavepower level.

• Select the cookingtime using theTime/Weight Dial.

• Press StartButton.

There are 6 different microwave power levels available.Do not place food directly on the ceramic plate. Place on glass dish supplied with the oven or useyour own dishes, plates or bowls directly on the ceramic plate.

Selecting Microwave Power Level:

N.B.1. Maximum time that can be set on HIGH

power is 30 min.2. On all Power Levels, except HIGH power,

the maximum time that can be set is 1hr 30mins.

3. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/ Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. (Time can beincreased/decreased in 1 minuteincrements, up to 10 minutes. This is onlythe case for one stage cooking).

4. DO NOT attempt to use microwave onlywith any metal accessory in the oven.

5. DO NOT place food directly onto the oven cavity floor. Place in a microwave or Glassdish. Foods reheated or cooked byMICROWAVE only are normally coveredwith a lid or cling film, unless otherwise stated.

Two Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 10 minutes followed bySimmer power 20 minutes; Select High powerand program 10 minutes then select secondpower (Simmer) with second cooking time (20minutes) then press Start.

Three Stage Cooking:e.g. High power 5 minutes, Delay 5 minutes,High power 2 minutes; Select first Power leveland cooking time, then press Timer and time,then select final power level and final cookingtime. Then press Start.

Microwave Cooking and Defrosting

Press PowerLevel Wattage

Once High 1000WTwice Defrost 270W3 Times Medium 600W4 Times Low 440W5 Times Simmer 250W6 Times Warm 100W

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 30

.

• Vælg tilberednings- tiden med Tid/Vægt knappen.

Tryk Effekt- niveau

Effekt

En gang High 1.000 W

To gange Defrost 270 W3 gange Medium 600 W4 gange Low 440 W5 gange Slimmer 250 W6 gange Varm 100 W

NB:

1. Maksimal tid, som kan indstilles på High effekt, er 30 min.

2. På alle effektniveauer, undtagen High, er den maksimale tid, der kan indstilles, 1 time 30 min.

3. Du kan ændre tilberedningstiden, mens ovnen er i gang, hvis det kræves. Drej Tid/Vægt knappen for at ændre tilbered-ningstiden. (Tiden kan øges/mindskes i trin af 1 minut, op til 10 minutter. Dette gælder kun for et-trins tilberedning).

4. Forsøg IKKE at bruge mikrobølge alene med metaltilbehør i ovnen.

5. Madvarerne må IKKE anbringes di-rekte på bunden i ovnrummet. Brug et mikrobølge- eller glasfad. Madvarer, som genopvarmes eller tilberedes med mikrobølge alene, bør normalt tildækkes med et låg eller plastfolie, med mindre andet er angivet.

To-trins tilberedning:

F.eks. High effekt 10 minutter efterfulgt af Simmer effekt 20 minutter. Vælg High effekt og programmer 10 minutter. Vælg derefter anden effekt (Simmer) med tilberedningstid (20 minutter) og tryk derefter på Start.

Tre-trins tilberedning:

F.eks. High effekt 5 minutter, hviletid 5 minutter, High effekt 2 minutter. Vælg først effektniveau og tilberedningstid. Tryk deref-ter på Timer og tid, og vælg derefter endelig effekt og tilberedningstid. Tryk derefter på Start.

31

Program Weight Range Suitable

1 Bread 100 - 900g Bread and rolls. Place on a plate. Turn at beep. Seestanding times on page 37.

2 Mince/Chops 200 - 1200g Small pieces of meat, minced meat, chicken portions,steaks, chops. Place on a plate or shallow dish. Turnat beeps. See standing times on pages 35-36.

3 Meat Joints 400 - 2000g Whole chicken, meat joints.Place on a plate on an upturned saucer.Turn at beeps and shield. See standing times onpages 35-36.

31

Auto Weight Defrost - Chaos DefrostWith this feature you can defrost frozen foods according to the weight. Select the category andset the weight of the food. The weight starts from the minimum weight for each category.

• Set the weight ofthe food byusing theTime/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button. • Press the Chaos DefrostButton.Once breadTwice Mince/chopsThree times meat Joints.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 31

Med denne funktion kan du optø frosne madvarer efter deres vægt. Vælg kategori og indstil vægten af madvarerne. Vægten starter fra den mindste vægt for hver kategori.

Auto-vægt optøning – Chaos Defrost

• Tryk på Chaos Defrost knappen. En gang brød To gange hakket kød/koteletter Tre gange stege.

• Tryk på Startknappen.• Indstil vægten af madvarerne med Tid/vægt kanppen.

Program Vægtinterval Egnet til

1 Brød 100 – 900 g Brød og boller.Læg på en tallerken. Vend ved bip. Se hviletider på side 37.

2 Hakket kød/Koteletter 200 – 1.200 g Små stykker kød, hakket kød, kyllinge- portioner, steaks, koteletter. Læg på en plade eller dyb tallerken. Vend ved bip. Se hviletider på side 35 – 36.

3 Stege 400 – 2.000 g Hel kylling, stege. Læg på en tallerken på en omvendt underkop. Vend ved bip og tildæk. Se hviletider på side 35 – 36.

3232

This feature allows you to defrost minced meat,chops, chicken portions, meat joints and bread.

The CHAOS defrost button should be pressedto select the correct defrost category and thenenter in the weight of the food in grams (seepage 31).

Foods should be placed in a suitable dish,whole chickens and joints of meat should beon an upturned saucer or on a microwave safeplate. Chops, chicken portions and slices ofbread should be placed in a single layer. It isnot necessary to cover the foods. The CHAOS Theory principle is used in AutoWeight defrost programs to give you a quickand more even defrost.The CHAOS system uses a random sequenceof pulsing microwave energy which speeds upthe defrosting process.

During the program the oven will beep toremind you to check the food. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU TURN ANDSTIR THE FOOD FREQUENTLY AND SHIELDIF NECESSARY.On hearing the first beep you should TURN andSHIELD (if possible). On the second beep youshould turn the food or break it up.

Auto Weight Defrost Programs

1st Beep 1st Beep

Turn or Shield

2nd Beep

Turn or break up

Turn or Shield

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 32

32

This feature allows you to defrost minced meat,chops, chicken portions, meat joints and bread.

The CHAOS defrost button should be pressedto select the correct defrost category and thenenter in the weight of the food in grams (seepage 31).

Foods should be placed in a suitable dish,whole chickens and joints of meat should beon an upturned saucer or on a microwave safeplate. Chops, chicken portions and slices ofbread should be placed in a single layer. It isnot necessary to cover the foods. The CHAOS Theory principle is used in AutoWeight defrost programs to give you a quickand more even defrost.The CHAOS system uses a random sequenceof pulsing microwave energy which speeds upthe defrosting process.

During the program the oven will beep toremind you to check the food. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU TURN ANDSTIR THE FOOD FREQUENTLY AND SHIELDIF NECESSARY.On hearing the first beep you should TURN andSHIELD (if possible). On the second beep youshould turn the food or break it up.

Auto Weight Defrost Programs

1st Beep 1st Beep

Turn or Shield

2nd Beep

Turn or break up

Turn or Shield

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 32

32

This feature allows you to defrost minced meat,chops, chicken portions, meat joints and bread.

The CHAOS defrost button should be pressedto select the correct defrost category and thenenter in the weight of the food in grams (seepage 31).

Foods should be placed in a suitable dish,whole chickens and joints of meat should beon an upturned saucer or on a microwave safeplate. Chops, chicken portions and slices ofbread should be placed in a single layer. It isnot necessary to cover the foods. The CHAOS Theory principle is used in AutoWeight defrost programs to give you a quickand more even defrost.The CHAOS system uses a random sequenceof pulsing microwave energy which speeds upthe defrosting process.

During the program the oven will beep toremind you to check the food. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU TURN ANDSTIR THE FOOD FREQUENTLY AND SHIELDIF NECESSARY.On hearing the first beep you should TURN andSHIELD (if possible). On the second beep youshould turn the food or break it up.

Auto Weight Defrost Programs

1st Beep 1st Beep

Turn or Shield

2nd Beep

Turn or break up

Turn or Shield

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 32

32

This feature allows you to defrost minced meat,chops, chicken portions, meat joints and bread.

The CHAOS defrost button should be pressedto select the correct defrost category and thenenter in the weight of the food in grams (seepage 31).

Foods should be placed in a suitable dish,whole chickens and joints of meat should beon an upturned saucer or on a microwave safeplate. Chops, chicken portions and slices ofbread should be placed in a single layer. It isnot necessary to cover the foods. The CHAOS Theory principle is used in AutoWeight defrost programs to give you a quickand more even defrost.The CHAOS system uses a random sequenceof pulsing microwave energy which speeds upthe defrosting process.

During the program the oven will beep toremind you to check the food. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU TURN ANDSTIR THE FOOD FREQUENTLY AND SHIELDIF NECESSARY.On hearing the first beep you should TURN andSHIELD (if possible). On the second beep youshould turn the food or break it up.

Auto Weight Defrost Programs

1st Beep 1st Beep

Turn or Shield

2nd Beep

Turn or break up

Turn or Shield

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 32

Auto-vægt optøningsprogrammer

Denne funktion gør det muligt at optø hak-ket kød, koteletter, kyllingeportioner, stege og brød.

Tryk på Chaos Defrost knappen for at vælge den korrekte optøningskategori, og indtast derefter madvarernes vægt i gram (se side 31).

Madvarer bør placeres i et passende fad, hele kyllinger og stege bør ligge på en omvendt underkop eller på et mikrobølge-sikkert fad. Koteletter, kyllingeportioner og brødskiver bør placeres i et enkelt lag. Det er ikke nødvendigt at tildække madvarerne.

Kaosteori-princippet anvendes i auto-vægt optøningsprogrammer til at give dig en hurtig og mere ensartet optøning.

Kaossystemet bruger en tilfældig sekvens af pulserende mikrobølgeenergi, som frem-skynder optøningen.

I løbet af programmet bipper ovnen for at minde dig om at kontrollere maden.

DET ER VIGTIGT AT DU OFTE VENDER OG RØRER I MADEN SAMT OM NØDVENDIGT TILDÆKKER DEN.

Når du hører det første bip, bør du vende og tildække (hvis muligt). Ved det andet bip skal du vende maden eller dele den op.

1. bip 2. bip

1. bip

Vend eller tildæk

Vend eller tildæk

Vend eller del op

33

32

This feature allows you to defrost minced meat,chops, chicken portions, meat joints and bread.

The CHAOS defrost button should be pressedto select the correct defrost category and thenenter in the weight of the food in grams (seepage 31).

Foods should be placed in a suitable dish,whole chickens and joints of meat should beon an upturned saucer or on a microwave safeplate. Chops, chicken portions and slices ofbread should be placed in a single layer. It isnot necessary to cover the foods. The CHAOS Theory principle is used in AutoWeight defrost programs to give you a quickand more even defrost.The CHAOS system uses a random sequenceof pulsing microwave energy which speeds upthe defrosting process.

During the program the oven will beep toremind you to check the food. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU TURN ANDSTIR THE FOOD FREQUENTLY AND SHIELDIF NECESSARY.On hearing the first beep you should TURN andSHIELD (if possible). On the second beep youshould turn the food or break it up.

Auto Weight Defrost Programs

1st Beep 1st Beep

Turn or Shield

2nd Beep

Turn or break up

Turn or Shield

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 32

Auto-vægt optøningsprogrammer

Kategori 1 – Brød Brød programmet er velegnet til optøning af små madvarer som rundstykker, boller og brødskiver, der skal bruges med det samme. Madvarerne kan føles varme umiddelbart efter optøning. Hele brød kan også optøs på dette program, men vil kræve hviletid, indtil midten er helt optøet. Hviletiden kan afkor-tes, hvis skiver adskilles, og boller og brød skæres i halve stykker. Madvarer bør vendes halvvejs under optøning. DETTE PROGRAM ER IKKE EGNET TIL FLØDEKAGER ELLER DESSERTER, f.eks. cheesecake. Se side 37 om hviletider.

Kategori 2 – Kødstykker (Hakket kød/Koteletter/Kyllingeportioner) Det er nødvendigt for hakket kød at blive brudt op flere gange under optøning, og dette gøres bedst i en stor dyb tallerken. Koteletter og kyllingeportioner bør arrange-res i et enkelt lag og vendes ofte. Se side 35 – 36 om hviletider.

Kategori 3 – Stege/Hele kyllinger Stege og kyllinger kræver tildækning under optøning, især hvis de består af særligt fede stykker. Dette skal forhindre overdre-ven optøning på de udvendige kanter. Glat aluminiumsfolie fastgjort med cocktailpinde bør anvendes. LAD IKKE FOLIEN RØRE VÆGGENE I OVNEN. Fede stykker som led, ben, vinger og bryst behøver tildækning (se foto side 32). Afsæt en hviletid på mindst 1 time (rullestege kan kræve længere tid) før tilberedning for at sikre, at midten er fuldt optøet. Se side 35 – 36 om hviletider.

Optøning retningslinjer

TIP:1. Hold øje med madvarer under optø-

ning. Fødevarer optøs med varierende hastighed.

2. Det er ikke nødvendigt at tildække maden.

3. Husk at vende eller røre i maden, især når ovnen bipper. Tildæk om nødvendigt (se punkt 5).

4. Hakket kød/koteletter/kyllingeportioner bør deles op eller adskilles så hurtigt som muligt og placeres i et enkelt lag.

5. Tildækning forhindrer tilberedning. Det er afgørende ved optøning af kyllinger og stege. Ydersiden tør op først, så beskyt vinger/bryst/fedt med glatte stykker alu-miniumsfolie fastgjort med cocktailpinde. Se side 32.

6. Afsæt hviletid, så midten af maden tør op. (minimum 1 time for stege og hele kyllinger)

34

Turn dense foods and meat 2/3 timesduring defrosting.

Break up small items e.g. minced meat,frequently during defrosting.

Defrosting GuidelinesBy selecting the DEFROST power level fromthe microwave power button and setting atime, you can defrost food in your microwave.The biggest problem is getting the insidedefrosted before the outside starts to cook.

For this reason a defrost program alternatesbetween a defrost power and a standing time.The name for this type of defrost is cyclic.During the standing stages there is not anymicrowave power in the oven, although thelight will remain on.

The automatic stand times ensure a moreeven defrost but it is still necessary to allow forstanding time before use. Place foods in asuitable container. Meat joints and chickensshould be placed on an upturned saucer or ona plastic rack if you have one.

Separate chops and small items e.g.bread slices where possible.

Chickens and joints of meat will requireshielding during defrosting.

34

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 34

Turn dense foods and meat 2/3 timesduring defrosting.

Break up small items e.g. minced meat,frequently during defrosting.

Defrosting GuidelinesBy selecting the DEFROST power level fromthe microwave power button and setting atime, you can defrost food in your microwave.The biggest problem is getting the insidedefrosted before the outside starts to cook.

For this reason a defrost program alternatesbetween a defrost power and a standing time.The name for this type of defrost is cyclic.During the standing stages there is not anymicrowave power in the oven, although thelight will remain on.

The automatic stand times ensure a moreeven defrost but it is still necessary to allow forstanding time before use. Place foods in asuitable container. Meat joints and chickensshould be placed on an upturned saucer or ona plastic rack if you have one.

Separate chops and small items e.g.bread slices where possible.

Chickens and joints of meat will requireshielding during defrosting.

34

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 34

Optøning retningslinjer

Ved at vælge DEFROST effektniveau med mikrobølgeeffekt knappen og indstille en tid, kan du optø mad i mikrobølgeovnen. Det største problem er, at få det inderste optøet, før ydersiden begynder at blive stegt.

Af denne grund skifter et optøningsprogram mellem optøning og hviletid. Denne type optøning kaldes cyklisk. I hviletiderne er der ikke nogen mikrobølgeeffekt i ovnen, men lyset forbliver tændt.

De automatiske hviletider sikrer en mere jævn optøning, men det er stadig nødven-digt at afsætte hviletid før brug. Placer føde-varer i en egnet beholder. Stege og kyllinger bør placeres på en omvendt underkop eller en plastholder, hvis du har sådan en.

Adskil koteletter og små stykker, f.eks. brødskiver, hvor det er muligt.

Vend kompakte madvarer og kød 2 – 3 gange under optøning.

Kyllinger og stege kræver tildækning under optøning.

Opdel små stykker, f.eks. hakket kød, ofte under optøning.

35

Op

tøni

ng a

f m

adva

rer

– O

ptø

ning

seff

ekt

og

tid

Ti

der

ne i

tab

elle

n er

kun

vej

led

end

e. K

ontr

olle

r al

tid t

ilber

edni

ngen

ved

at

åbne

ovn

låge

n og

der

efte

r ge

nsta

rte

ovne

n. F

or s

tørr

e m

æng

der

just

eres

tid

erne

pro

por

tiona

lt. F

ødev

arer

bør

ikke

tild

ækk

es u

nder

op

tøni

ng.

Mad

vare

rVæ

gt

Op

tøni

ngst

idM

eto

de

Hvi

leti

d

D

Oks

ekød

/Lam

/Fl

æsk

este

g 70

0 g

20 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et p

asse

nde

fad

elle

r p

å en

om

vend

t und

erko

p e

ller

bru

g en

hol

der

. Ve

nd 3

– 4

gan

ge.

60 m

in.

Oks

ekød

/Lam

/Fl

æsk

este

g1,

0 kg

20 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et p

asse

nde

fad

elle

r p

å en

om

vend

t und

erko

p e

ller

bru

g en

hol

der

. Ve

nd 3

– 4

gan

ge.

60 m

in.

File

t/In

der

lår

500

g15

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.15

min

.

Bøf

fer

100

g (x

1)

227

g (x

4)

350

g (x

2)

4 –

5 m

in.

4 –

5 m

in.

7 –

8 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

. P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. O

pd

el o

g ve

nd t

o ga

nge.

2 m

in.

5 m

in.

15 m

in.

Hak

ket

okse

kød

500

g15

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.15

min

.

Kød

til

stuv

ning

500

g12

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

i et

enk

elt

lag.

Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.20

min

.

Lam

mek

otel

ette

r50

0 g

10 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d i

et e

nkel

t la

g. V

end

to

gang

e.15

min

.

Lam

mefi

let

300

g8

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

i et

enk

elt

lag.

Ven

d t

o ga

nge.

20 m

in.

36

Op

tøni

ng a

f m

adva

rer

– O

ptø

ning

seff

ekt

og

tid

Ti

der

ne i

tab

elle

n er

kun

vej

led

end

e. K

ontr

olle

r al

tid t

ilber

edni

ngen

ved

at

åbne

ovn

låge

n og

der

efte

r ge

nsta

rte

ovne

n. F

or s

tørr

e m

æng

der

just

eres

tid

erne

pro

por

tiona

lt. F

ødev

arer

bør

ikke

tild

ækk

es u

nder

op

tøni

ng.

Mad

vare

rVæ

gt

Op

tøni

ngst

idM

eto

de

Hvi

leti

d

D

Lam

mek

ølle

x 2

900

g20

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

i et

enk

elt

lag.

Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.

Tild

æk

om n

ødve

ndig

t45

min

.

Svi

nerib

ben

700

g15

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.30

min

.

Svi

neko

tele

tter

350

g8

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

og

vend

to

gang

e.

15 m

in.

Bac

on25

0 g

6 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. O

pd

el o

g ve

nd 2

– 3

gan

ge.

15 m

in.

Pøl

ser

100

g50

0 g

3 m

in.

8 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Ven

d t

o ga

nge.

5 m

in.

10 m

in.

Kyl

ling

(hel

)1,

5 kg

30 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et p

asse

nde

fad

elle

r p

å en

om

vend

t und

erko

p e

ller

bru

g en

hol

der

. Ve

nd 3

– 4

gan

ge. T

ildæ

k om

nød

vend

igt.

60 m

in.

Kyl

linge

por

tione

r x

1x

2x

3 –

4

150

g35

0 g

500

– 60

0 g

5 m

in.

7 m

in.

9 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Ven

d t

o ga

nge.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

to

gang

e.

10 m

in.

15 m

in.

20 m

in.

And

ebry

stfil

et45

0 g

12 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

to

gang

e.20

min

.

37

Op

tøni

ng a

f m

adva

rer

– O

ptø

ning

seff

ekt

og

tid

Ti

der

ne i

tab

elle

n er

kun

vej

led

end

e. K

ontr

olle

r al

tid t

ilber

edni

ngen

ved

at

åbne

ovn

låge

n og

der

efte

r ge

nsta

rte

ovne

n. F

or s

tørr

e m

æng

der

just

eres

tid

erne

pro

por

tiona

lt. F

ødev

arer

bør

ikke

tild

ækk

es u

nder

op

tøni

ng.

Mad

vare

rVæ

gt

Op

tøni

ngst

idM

eto

de

Hvi

leti

d

FIS

K

Fisk

(hel

)15

0 –

225

g7

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Ven

d t

o ga

nge.

15 m

in.

Fisk

(hel

) x 2

500

g14

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

om

nød

vend

igt

og v

end

to

gang

e.20

min

.

Fisk

efile

t10

0 –

150

g35

0 g

5 m

in.

10 –

12

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

om

nød

vend

igt

og v

end

to

gang

e.5

min

.10

min

.

Fisk

ekot

elet

ter

100

g25

0 g

400

g

3 –

4 m

in.

6 –

7 m

in.

10 –

12

min

.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. V

end

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

om

nød

vend

igt

og v

end

to

gang

e.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Op

del

om

nød

vend

igt

og v

end

to

gang

e.

10 m

in.

15 m

in.

20 m

in.

Rej

er45

0 g

15 m

in.

Pla

cer

i et

pas

send

e fa

d. R

ør t

o ga

nge.

15 m

in.

BR

ØD

OG

AN

DR

E M

AD

VAR

ER

Ski

vesk

året

brø

d40

0 g

6 m

in.

Pla

cer

glas

fad

. Op

del

og

arra

nger

.10

min

.

Brø

dsk

ive

30 g

40 s

ek.

Pla

cer

glas

fad

.1

– 2

min

.

Blø

d fr

ugt

500

g10

min

.P

lace

r i e

t p

asse

nde

fad

. Rør

to

gang

e.20

min

.

Kag

e35

0 g

3 –

4 m

in.

Pla

cer

et fa

d.

20 m

in.

Che

esec

ake

400

g5

min

.P

lace

r p

å et

fad

.20

min

.

Mar

engs

des

sert

450

g2

– 3

min

.P

lace

r p

å et

fad

.15

min

.

Sm

ør25

0 g

3 m

in.

Pla

cer

et fa

d.

10 m

in.

But

terd

ej50

0 g

4 –

5 m

in.

Pla

cer

et fa

d.

15 m

in.

38

Using the Delay/Stand FeatureThe Timer Button is used as a timing button either before, during or after a cooking program.When the Timer Button is selected with a time, there is no microwave power in the oven duringthis time.

1. To Set a Standing Time:

• Press the TimerButton.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Set the cookingprogram, byentering cooking methodand time required.

• Press Start Button.Delayed time willcount down thenthe cooking program will start.

• Set the desired Cooking Program,by selecting cooking methodand time required.

• Then Press theTimer Button.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Press Start Button.Cooking programwill commenceafter which thestanding time willcount down.

2. To Set a Delay Start:

NB1. If the oven door is opened during the stand or delay time, the time in the display window will

continue to count down.2. Delay Start cannot be used before an Auto Program.

Select CookingMethod

& Time

Select CookingMethod

& Time

38

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 38

Using the Delay/Stand FeatureThe Timer Button is used as a timing button either before, during or after a cooking program.When the Timer Button is selected with a time, there is no microwave power in the oven duringthis time.

1. To Set a Standing Time:

• Press the TimerButton.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Set the cookingprogram, byentering cooking methodand time required.

• Press Start Button.Delayed time willcount down thenthe cooking program will start.

• Set the desired Cooking Program,by selecting cooking methodand time required.

• Then Press theTimer Button.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Press Start Button.Cooking programwill commenceafter which thestanding time willcount down.

2. To Set a Delay Start:

NB1. If the oven door is opened during the stand or delay time, the time in the display window will

continue to count down.2. Delay Start cannot be used before an Auto Program.

Select CookingMethod

& Time

Select CookingMethod

& Time

38

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 38

Using the Delay/Stand FeatureThe Timer Button is used as a timing button either before, during or after a cooking program.When the Timer Button is selected with a time, there is no microwave power in the oven duringthis time.

1. To Set a Standing Time:

• Press the TimerButton.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Set the cookingprogram, byentering cooking methodand time required.

• Press Start Button.Delayed time willcount down thenthe cooking program will start.

• Set the desired Cooking Program,by selecting cooking methodand time required.

• Then Press theTimer Button.

• Set desired standing time (max9 hrs). When timeis over 60 minutesan “H” will appearin the display todenote hours.

• Press Start Button.Cooking programwill commenceafter which thestanding time willcount down.

2. To Set a Delay Start:

NB1. If the oven door is opened during the stand or delay time, the time in the display window will

continue to count down.2. Delay Start cannot be used before an Auto Program.

Select CookingMethod

& Time

Select CookingMethod

& Time

38

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 38

Hviletid/Udskudt startTimer knappen bruges som timingknap enten før, under eller efter et tilberedningsprogram. Når Timer knappen er valgt med en tid, er der ingen mikrobølgeeffekt i ovnen i løbet af denne tid.

1. Indstilling af en hviletid:

• Tryk på Start knappen. Tilbered-ningsprogrammet begynder, hvorefter hviletiden vil tælle ned.

• Tryk på Start knap-pen. Den udskudte tid tæller ned, hvor- efter tilberednings- programmet begynder.

• Indstil det ønskede tilberedningsprogram ved at vælge den ønskede tilberednings- metode og tid.

• Tryk på Timer knappen.

• Tryk derefter på Timer knappen.

• Vælg den ønskede hviletid (max. 9 timer). Når tiden er over 60 minutter, vises ”H” på dis-playet for at angive timer.

• Vælg den ønskede hviletid (max. 9 timer). Når tiden er over 60 minutter, vises ”H” på display- et for at angive timer.

• Indstil det ønskede tilberedningsprogram ved at vælge den ønskede tilbered-ningsmetode og tid.

Vælg tilberedningsmetode

og tid

2. Indstilling af en udskudt start:

Vælg tilberedningsmetode

og tid

NB:

1. Hvis ovnlågen åbnes under hviletid eller udskudt start, fortsætter tiden på displayet med at tælle ned.

2. Hviletid kan ikke programmeres før et auto-program.

39

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. To selectmemory 3 press memory button 3 times.

This feature allows you to pre-program your oven for regular reheating or cooking tasks. You areable to pre-program your oven for a specific power level and time that is convenient for you. Youare able to pre-program three memory tasks.

Program the desiredcooking method.

• Press Memory Button to storethis task or press Start Buttonto start cooking in thissequence.

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. Toselect memory 3 press memory button 3 times.

• Press Start Button tobegin cooking.

NOTE:1. Auto programs cannot be programmed into memory.2. Convection pre-heat mode cannot be programmed into memory.3. Memory can only store 1 stage cooking. It is not possible to store 2 or 3 stage cooking.4. Setting a new cooking program into memory will cancel the cooking program previously

stored.5. Memory program will be cancelled if the power supply is off or the plug gets disconnected.

Memory

To set a Memory Program

To use a Memory Program

39

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 39

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. To selectmemory 3 press memory button 3 times.

This feature allows you to pre-program your oven for regular reheating or cooking tasks. You areable to pre-program your oven for a specific power level and time that is convenient for you. Youare able to pre-program three memory tasks.

Program the desiredcooking method.

• Press Memory Button to storethis task or press Start Buttonto start cooking in thissequence.

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. Toselect memory 3 press memory button 3 times.

• Press Start Button tobegin cooking.

NOTE:1. Auto programs cannot be programmed into memory.2. Convection pre-heat mode cannot be programmed into memory.3. Memory can only store 1 stage cooking. It is not possible to store 2 or 3 stage cooking.4. Setting a new cooking program into memory will cancel the cooking program previously

stored.5. Memory program will be cancelled if the power supply is off or the plug gets disconnected.

Memory

To set a Memory Program

To use a Memory Program

39

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 39

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. To selectmemory 3 press memory button 3 times.

This feature allows you to pre-program your oven for regular reheating or cooking tasks. You areable to pre-program your oven for a specific power level and time that is convenient for you. Youare able to pre-program three memory tasks.

Program the desiredcooking method.

• Press Memory Button to storethis task or press Start Buttonto start cooking in thissequence.

• Press Memory Button.The oven is automatically pre-set to memory 1.To select memory 2 press button twice. Toselect memory 3 press memory button 3 times.

• Press Start Button tobegin cooking.

NOTE:1. Auto programs cannot be programmed into memory.2. Convection pre-heat mode cannot be programmed into memory.3. Memory can only store 1 stage cooking. It is not possible to store 2 or 3 stage cooking.4. Setting a new cooking program into memory will cancel the cooking program previously

stored.5. Memory program will be cancelled if the power supply is off or the plug gets disconnected.

Memory

To set a Memory Program

To use a Memory Program

39

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 39

Denne funktion gør det muligt at forprogrammere ovnen til en regelmæssige genopvarm-nings- eller tilberedningsopgaver. Du kan forprogrammere ovnen til et bestemt effektniveau og en tid, som er bekvem for dig. Du kan forprogrammere tre hukommelsesopgaver.

Indstilling af et hukommelsesprogram

• Tryk på Memory knappen. Ovnen er automatisk forudindstillet til hukommelse 1. Vælg hukommelse 2 ved at trykke 2 gange på Memory. Vælg hukommelse 3 ved at trykke 3 gange på Memory.

• Tryk på Memory knappen. Ovnen er automatisk forudindstillet til hukommelse 1. Vælg hukommelse 2 ved at trykke 2 gange på Memory. Vælg hukommelse 3 ved at trykke 3 gange på Memory.

• Tryk på Memory for at gemme denne opgave, eller tryk på Start for at starte tilberedning i denne rækkefølge.

• Tryk på Start knappen for at starte tilberedning.

Programmer det ønskede tilberedningsprogram

Hukommelse

Brug af et hukommelsesprogram

NB:

1. Auto-programmer kan ikke programmeres i hukommelsen.

2. Varmluft forvarmning kan ikke programmeres i hukommelsen.

3. Hukommelsen kan kun gemme 1-trins tilberedning. Det er ikke muligt at gemme 2- eller 3-trins tilberedning.

4. Lagring af et nyt tilberedningsprogram i hukommelsen annullerer et tidligere gemt program.

5. Et hukommelsesprogram annulleres, hvis strømforsyningen afbrydes, eller netstikket trækkes ud.

4040

Grilling

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVEN GLOVES.

The Quartz Grill system on the oven gives fast efficient cooking for a wide variety of foods e.g.chops, sausages, steak, toast, oven chips etc.

DO NOT PREHEAT THE GRILL BEFORE USE.

Grilling TimesWhen using the grill to cook foods, the cooking times will be similar to traditional grilling. Mostfoods will require turning halfway through the cooking time (see section on oven accessoriespage 41).The Grill has three settings, Grill 1 (High), Grill 2 (Medium) and Grill 3 (Low). Grill 1 will be thehottest.

• Press Grill Button. ToSelect Grill 1, (high) pressonce. To select Grill 2,(medium) press twice. Toselect Grill 3, (low) pressthree times. The grillsymbol will also appear .

• Turn Time/WeightDial to enter cookingtime. Maximum timeis 1 hour 30 mins.

• Press StartButton.The cookingprogram will startand the time in thedisplay will countdown.

NOTE: 1. The Grill will only operate with the oven door closed. 2. There is no microwave power on the GRILL only program.3. You can add to the cooking time during cooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dial to increase

the cooking time. A maximum time of 10 minutes can be added.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 40

GrilningQuartz Grill systemet på ovnen giver en hurtig og effektiv tilberedning af mange forskellige madvarer, f.eks. koteletter, pølser, bøf, toast, ovnchips osv.

FORVARM IKKE GRILLEN FØR BRUG.

• Tryk på Grill knappen. For at vælge Grill 1 (høj), tryk én gang. For at vælge Grill 2 (medium), tryk to gange. For at vælge Grill 3 (lav), tryk tre gange. Grill symbolet vises også [

40

Grilling

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVEN GLOVES.

The Quartz Grill system on the oven gives fast efficient cooking for a wide variety of foods e.g.chops, sausages, steak, toast, oven chips etc.

DO NOT PREHEAT THE GRILL BEFORE USE.

Grilling TimesWhen using the grill to cook foods, the cooking times will be similar to traditional grilling. Mostfoods will require turning halfway through the cooking time (see section on oven accessoriespage 41).The Grill has three settings, Grill 1 (High), Grill 2 (Medium) and Grill 3 (Low). Grill 1 will be thehottest.

• Press Grill Button. ToSelect Grill 1, (high) pressonce. To select Grill 2,(medium) press twice. Toselect Grill 3, (low) pressthree times. The grillsymbol will also appear .

• Turn Time/WeightDial to enter cookingtime. Maximum timeis 1 hour 30 mins.

• Press StartButton.The cookingprogram will startand the time in thedisplay will countdown.

NOTE: 1. The Grill will only operate with the oven door closed. 2. There is no microwave power on the GRILL only program.3. You can add to the cooking time during cooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dial to increase

the cooking time. A maximum time of 10 minutes can be added.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 40

].

• Drej Tid/Vægt knappen for at indstille tilbered-ningstiden. Den maksimale grilltid er 1 time 30 minutter.

• Tryk på Start knappen. Tilberedningsprogrammet starter, og tiden tæller ned på displayet.

NB:

1. Grillen fungerer kun med ovnlågen lukket.

2. Der er ingen mikrobølgeeffekt på det rene grillprogram.

3. Du kan ændre tilberedningstiden, mens ovnen er i gang, hvis det kræves. Drej Tid/Vægt knappen for at øge tilberedningstiden. Op til 10 minutter kan tilføjes.

Grilltider

Når du bruger grillen til at tilberede madvarer, vil tilberedningstiderne være omtrent som ved traditionel grilning. De fleste madvarer bør vendes halvvejs gennem tilberedningstiden (se afsnittet om ovntilbehør på side 41).

Grillen har tre indstillinger, Grill 1 (høj), Grill 2 (medium) og Grill 3 (Lav). Grill 1 er den varmeste indstilling.

ADVARSEL: TILBEHØRET OG OVNENS FLADER BLIVER MEGET VARME. BRUG GRYDELAPPER.

41

1. There is no microwave power on theGRILL only program.

2. Use the accessories provided, asexplained above.

3. The Grill will only operate with the ovendoor closed.

4. Most meat items e.g. bacon, sausages,chops can be cooked on the hottest setting - GRILL 1. This setting is also suitable for toasting bread, muffins andteakakes etc.

5. GRILL 2 and GRILL 3 are used for moredelicate foods or those that require alonger grill time e.g. fish or chicken portions.

6. DO NOT PREHEAT THE GRILL.

7. NEVER COVER THE FOOD WHENGRILLING.

8. ALWAYS USE OVEN GLOVES WHENREMOVING THE FOOD AND ACCESSORIES AFTER GRILLING ASTHE OVEN AND ACCESSORIES WILLBE VERY HOT.

9. After Grilling it is important that the Grillaccessories are removed for cleaningbefore reuse and that the oven walls andfloor are wiped with a cloth squeezed inhot soapy water to remove any grease.DO NOT PUT ACCESSORIES IN DISHWASHER. It is not necessary to clean theback of the oven which has a catalytic selfclean lining.

Guidelines

41

GrillingOven accessories to use

Place food on Wire Shelf.

The Wire Shelf will allow fat and juices to dripthrough into the Enamel Shelf to reduceexcess splatter and smoke when grilling.

Most foods require turning halfway duringcooking. When turning food, open oven doorand CAREFULLY remove the Wire Shelf byholding the accessories firmly.

Use oven gloves when removing accessoriesas they will be very hot, and so will the roofand walls of the oven.

After turning, return food to the oven, closedoor and press START. The oven will continueto count down the remaining cooking time. It isquite safe to open the oven door at any time tocheck the progress of the food as it is grilling.

If grilling fish, chops or small items, place theenamel shelf in the upper position.

When grilling foods the Wire Shelf should be in the top shelf position and the enamelshelf should be in the bottom shelf position or you can use the enamel shelf in the topshelf position.When positioning the wire shelf, the vertical wires of the shelf should sit higher thanthe sides of the shelf.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 41

1. There is no microwave power on theGRILL only program.

2. Use the accessories provided, asexplained above.

3. The Grill will only operate with the ovendoor closed.

4. Most meat items e.g. bacon, sausages,chops can be cooked on the hottest setting - GRILL 1. This setting is also suitable for toasting bread, muffins andteakakes etc.

5. GRILL 2 and GRILL 3 are used for moredelicate foods or those that require alonger grill time e.g. fish or chicken portions.

6. DO NOT PREHEAT THE GRILL.

7. NEVER COVER THE FOOD WHENGRILLING.

8. ALWAYS USE OVEN GLOVES WHENREMOVING THE FOOD AND ACCESSORIES AFTER GRILLING ASTHE OVEN AND ACCESSORIES WILLBE VERY HOT.

9. After Grilling it is important that the Grillaccessories are removed for cleaningbefore reuse and that the oven walls andfloor are wiped with a cloth squeezed inhot soapy water to remove any grease.DO NOT PUT ACCESSORIES IN DISHWASHER. It is not necessary to clean theback of the oven which has a catalytic selfclean lining.

Guidelines

41

GrillingOven accessories to use

Place food on Wire Shelf.

The Wire Shelf will allow fat and juices to dripthrough into the Enamel Shelf to reduceexcess splatter and smoke when grilling.

Most foods require turning halfway duringcooking. When turning food, open oven doorand CAREFULLY remove the Wire Shelf byholding the accessories firmly.

Use oven gloves when removing accessoriesas they will be very hot, and so will the roofand walls of the oven.

After turning, return food to the oven, closedoor and press START. The oven will continueto count down the remaining cooking time. It isquite safe to open the oven door at any time tocheck the progress of the food as it is grilling.

If grilling fish, chops or small items, place theenamel shelf in the upper position.

When grilling foods the Wire Shelf should be in the top shelf position and the enamelshelf should be in the bottom shelf position or you can use the enamel shelf in the topshelf position.When positioning the wire shelf, the vertical wires of the shelf should sit higher thanthe sides of the shelf.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 41

Grilning

Placer maden på risten.

Risten tillader fedt og saft at dryppe igen-nem til emaljepladen for at reducere unød-vendigt sprøjt og røg, når du griller.

De fleste madvarer kræver vending halvvejs gennem tilberedningen. Ved vending af mad, åbn ovnlågen og tag FORSIGTIGT risten ud, mens du holder godt fast i tilbehøret.

Brug grydelapper, når du tager tilbehør ud af ovnen, da det vil være meget varmt, og det samme vil ovnens indvendige flader være.

Efter at maden er vendt, sæt den tilbage i ovnen, luk lågen og tryk på Start. Ovnen fortsætter med at nedtælle den resterende tilberedningstid. Det er helt sikkert at åbne ovnlågen til enhver tid for at kontrollere tilberedningen af madvarerne, mens ovnen griller.

Hvis du griller fisk, koteletter eller små mad-varer, bør emaljepladen placeres i øverste position.

Retningslinjer

1. Der er ingen mikrobølgeeffekt på det rene grillprogram.

2. Brug det medfølgende tilbehør, som forklaret ovenfor.

3. Grillen fungerer kun med ovnlågen lukket.

4. De fleste kødstykker, f.eks. bacon, pølser og koteletter, kan tilberedes på den varmeste indstilling – Grill 1. Denne indstilling er også velegnet til at riste brød, boller, skærekager osv.

5. Grill 2 og Grill 3 bruges til sartere mad-varer eller ting, som kræver en længere grilltid f.eks. fisk eller kyllingeportioner.

6. FORVARM IKKE GRILLEN.

Brug af ovntilbehør

Når du griller madvarer, bør risten være i den øverste position, og emaljepladen bør være i den nederste position. Du kan dog også bruge emaljepladen i den øverste position.

Ved placering af risten bør de lodrette tråde sidde højere end siderne af risten.

7. TILDÆK ALDRIG MADVARER, NÅR DU GRILLER.

8. BRUG ALTID GRYDELAPPER ELLER GRILLHANDSKER, NÅR DU TAGER MAD OG TILBEHØR UD EFTER GRIL-NING, DA OVNEN OG TILBEHØRET VIL VÆRE MEGET VARME.

9. Efter grilning er det vigtigt, at grilltilbe-høret tages ud til rengøring, før det skal bruges igen, samt at ovnens vægge og bund aftørres med en klud opvredet i varmt sæbevand for at fjerne fedt. STIL IKKE TILBEHØR I EN OPVASKE-MASKINE. Det er ikke nødvendigt at rengøre ovnens bagvæg, som har en selvrensende katalytisk belægning.

42

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

Varmluft-tilberedningDin kombinationsovn kan bruges som en konventionel ovn med Varmluft funktionen, som omfatter et varmeelement med en ventilator. Du får det bedste resultat ved altid at placere madvarer i en forvarmet ovn. Grillen tændes, når ovnen forvarmer. Du kan tilberede mad på tre måder, når du bruger varmluft –

1. På emaljepladen i den nederste eller øverste position.

2. På risten i den nederste eller øverste position.

3. Begge muligheder på samme tid og bruge ovnen til to-positions tilberedning.

Se de individuelle retningslinjer på side 43 for anbefalet tilbehør til brug i ovnen. Du kan forvarme med eller uden emaljepladen eller risten i ovnen.

• Tryk på Varmluft [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen. Ovnen starter ved 150 °C. Tryk på knappen, og temperaturen tæller op i 10 °C trin til 250 °C, derefter 40 °C og 100 °C.

• Tryk på Start knappen for at forvarme. Et “P” vises på displayet. Når ovnen er forvarmet, bipper den, og “P” blinker. Derefter kan du åbne lågen og placere mad-varerne i ovnen.* Der er ingen for- varmning ved 40 °C.

• Indtast tilberedningstiden med Tid/Vægt knappen. Maksimal tilberedningstid er 9 timer.

• Tryk på Start knappen. NB: Kontroller, at kun Varmluft [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] symbolet stadig er på dis- playet. Hvis Mikrobølge [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] symbolet vises, er dette forkert, og programmet bør annulle-res. Vælg igen en varmluftindstilling.

NB:

1. Åbn lågen med Lågeåbner knappen. Hvis du trykker på Stop/Annuller knappen, kan programmet blive annulleret.

2. Du kan ændre tilberedningstiden, mens ovnen er i gang, hvis det kræves. Drej Tid/Vægt knappen for at øge tilbered-ningstiden. Op til 10 minutter kan tilføjes.

ADVARSEL: TILBEHØRET OG OVNENS FLADER BLIVER MEGET VARME. BRUG GRYDELAPPER.

Ovnen vil opretholde den valgte forvarme-de temperatur i ca. 30 minutter. Hvis ingen madvarer placeres i ovnen, eller en tilbered-ningstid indstilles, vil ovnen automatisk an-nullere tilberedningsprogrammet og vende tilbage til at vise klokken.

43

Convection Cooking

Roasting Meat: Wire shelf in lower position.

Baking: Enamel shelf in lower position.

Oven accessories to use:

ONE LEVEL COOKINGIf cooking on one level, you can use the Enamel Shelf or Wire Shelf in the lower or upper shelfposition.

GuidelinesWhen using the oven as a CONVECTION oven, there is NO MICROWAVE POWER, i.e. theoven is operating as a conventional oven and you can use all your standard metal bakingtins and ovenware.

It is possible to cook on one or two levels when using convection cooking. When cooking largejoints of meat roasting tins can be placed directly on the base

You can use the Enamel Shelf as a baking dish for roasting potatoes or vegetables, and for baking fairy cakes, scones and cookies. It is also ideal for re-heating pre-cooked conveniencepastry items.

Roasting Veg / Potatoes: Enamel Shelf inlower position.

Reheating: Enamel Shelf in lower position.

43

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 43

Convection Cooking

Roasting Meat: Wire shelf in lower position.

Baking: Enamel shelf in lower position.

Oven accessories to use:

ONE LEVEL COOKINGIf cooking on one level, you can use the Enamel Shelf or Wire Shelf in the lower or upper shelfposition.

GuidelinesWhen using the oven as a CONVECTION oven, there is NO MICROWAVE POWER, i.e. theoven is operating as a conventional oven and you can use all your standard metal bakingtins and ovenware.

It is possible to cook on one or two levels when using convection cooking. When cooking largejoints of meat roasting tins can be placed directly on the base

You can use the Enamel Shelf as a baking dish for roasting potatoes or vegetables, and for baking fairy cakes, scones and cookies. It is also ideal for re-heating pre-cooked conveniencepastry items.

Roasting Veg / Potatoes: Enamel Shelf inlower position.

Reheating: Enamel Shelf in lower position.

43

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 43

Varmluft-tilberedningRetningslinjerNår du bruger ovnen som en VARMLUFT ovn, er der ingen MIKROBØLGEEFFEKT. Ovnen fungerer som en konventionel ovn, og du kan bruge alle dine standard metal bageforme og ovnfade.

Det er muligt at tilberede mad på et eller to niveauer, når du bruger varmluft. Ved tilbered-ning af store kødstykker kan fadet placeres direkte på ovnbunden.

Brug af ovntilbehør

EN-POSITIONS TILBEREDNING Hvis du tilbereder i én position, kan du bruge emaljepladen eller risten i den nederste eller øverste position.

Stegning af kød: Rist i nederste position.

Stegning af Grøntsager/Kartofler: Emaljeplade i nederste position.

Du kan bruge emaljepladen som et ovnfast fad til stegning af kartofler eller grøntsager samt til bagning af kager, scones og småkager. Den er også ideel til genopvarmning af forbagte brødprodukter.

Bagning: Emaljeplade i nederste position.

Genopvarmning: Emaljeplade i nederste position.

44

Two level cookingWhen cooking on two levels use the Enamelshelf on the lower shelf position and the Wireshelf in the upper shelf position.

Depending on the recipe, you can preheat withor without the accessories in position. See individual recipes for details.

Two level cooking is ideal for:

1. Batch baking, fairy cakes, cookies andscones on two levels.

2. Cooking a complete meal together. Frozenpizza on the upper level and frozen chipson the lower level.

3. Cooking roast potatoes on the upper leveland roast vegetables on the lower level.

4. Re-heating small pastry items in largebatches- Sausage rolls, pastry pies, quiches(all pre-cooked). Ensure that the shelves are inserted correctly, and are secure before use.Do not place a dish of food weighing morethan 4 Kg (8 lb 14 oz) on the shelf.

Batch Baking: Fairy Cakes Cooking a complete meal: Frozen pizza onupper level, frozen oven chips on lowerlevel

ALWAYS USE OVEN GLOVES WHEN REMOVING THE FOOD AND ACCESSORIES AFTER COOKING AS THE OVEN AND ACCESSORIES WILL BEVERY HOT.

MAKE SURE THAT YOU HOLD THE DISH AND/OR SHELF FIRMLY WITH BOTHHANDS WHEN YOU ARE REMOVING THEM FROM THE OVEN.

44

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 44

To-positions tilberedningVed tilberedning på to niveauer bruges emalje-pladen i den nederste position og risten i den øverste.

Bagning: Kager Tilberedning af et komplet måltid: Frossen pizza i øverste position, frosne ovnchips i nederste position

Afhængigt af opskriften, kan du forvarme ovnen med eller uden tilbehør. Se de enkelte opskrifter for detaljer.

To-positions tilberedning er ideel til:

1. Bagning af kager, småkager og scones på to plader.

2. Tilberedning af et komplet måltid sam-men. Frossen pizza i øverste position og frosne chips i nederste position.

3. Tilberedning af stegte kartofler i øverste position og stegte grøntsager i nederste position.

BRUG ALTID GRYDELAPPER ELLER GRILLHANDSKER, NÅR DU TAGER MAD OG TILBEHØR UD EFTER TILBEREDNING, DA OVNEN OG TILBEHØRET VIL VÆRE MEGET VARME.

SØRG FOR AT HOLDE FADET OG/ELLER PLADEN FAST MED BEGGE HÆNDER, NÅR DU TAGER DEM UD FRA OVNEN.

4. Genopvarmning af små brødstykker i store mængder – pølseruller, tærter, quiches (alle forbagt). Sørg for, at pladerne er indsat korrekt, og er sikre før brug. Placer ikke et fad med madvarer, der vejer mere end 4 kg, på en plade.

45

Anbefalede ovntemperaturer

For at opnå det bedste resultat, bør du altid placere madvarer i en forvarmet ovn. Glem ikke, at for at lette programmeringen af de mest anvendte temperaturer, vil din ovn starte ved 150 °C og tælle op i 10 °C trin til 250 °C, og derefter ned til 40 °C efterfulgt af 100 °C. Madvarer bør generelt tilberedes UDEN TILDÆKNING – medmindre det er en gryderet, eller du vil bruge stegeposer.

Mikrobølgeovnen holder ovntemperaturer over 200 °C i de første 20 minutter. Efter 20 min. reduceres ovntemperaturen automatisk til omkring 200 °C. Dette vil næppe resultere i reduceret effektivitet, men du bør altid sikre dig, at tilberedningstiden er indstillet efter din smag.

Temp °C Formål

40 °C Hævning af dej

100 °C Frugttærte

110 °C Marengs

140 °C Frugtkage

150 °C Roulade, cheesecake

160/170 °C Gryderetter, honningkage, små tærter, småkager

180 °C Souffle, strudel, kager, stege

190 °C Filodej, quiche, gratiner, lasagne, tærter, kylling

200 °C Fyldte peberfrugter, scones, vandbakkelser, muffins

220 °C Grøntsager, kødrande, brød

230 °C Hvidløgsbrød

240/250 °C Stegte kartofler

250 °C Bagning af pizza

46

Press Start Button.Note: Check that just the grill andconvection symbols are still in thedisplay. If the microwave symbol isdisplayed this is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theConvection and Grill setting.

46

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)The oven can be programmed to cook or reheat food by the grill and the convection oven workingsimultaneously, to give foods that extra crispness and colour. This is known as Turbo-Bake andcan often reduce traditional oven cooking times. ALWAYS PREHEAT BEFORE USE.

NOTE:1. Open the door using the door release

button, because if the STOP/CANCELbutton is pressed the program may becancelled. Then if the time was entered theoven would revert to cooking on Microwaveonly.

2. The oven will maintain the selectedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven ora cooking time set, then it will automaticallycancel the cooking program and revert totime of day.

3. After pressing Start Button, the selectedtemperature can be recalled and changed.Press Convection Button once to indicatethe temperature in the display window.While the temperature is recalled in thedisplay window, you can change thetemperature by pressing convection button.

• Press Convection Button to select oventemperature. The oven starts at 150°C, thetemperature will count up in 10°C stages to250°C then 100°C. 40°C can not be set incombination mode.

• Press Start Button to preheat. “P” will appearin the display window. When the oven ispreheated the oven will beep and the “P” willflash. Then open the door and place thefood inside.*

• Enter cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.Maximum time is 9 hours.

CAUTION:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.USE OVEN GLOVES.

• Press to select Grill power. 1 press for Grill2 (Medium), 2 presses for Grill 3 (Low). 3presses for Grill 1 (High), (default setting isgrill 2).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 46

Press Start Button.Note: Check that just the grill andconvection symbols are still in thedisplay. If the microwave symbol isdisplayed this is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theConvection and Grill setting.

46

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)The oven can be programmed to cook or reheat food by the grill and the convection oven workingsimultaneously, to give foods that extra crispness and colour. This is known as Turbo-Bake andcan often reduce traditional oven cooking times. ALWAYS PREHEAT BEFORE USE.

NOTE:1. Open the door using the door release

button, because if the STOP/CANCELbutton is pressed the program may becancelled. Then if the time was entered theoven would revert to cooking on Microwaveonly.

2. The oven will maintain the selectedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven ora cooking time set, then it will automaticallycancel the cooking program and revert totime of day.

3. After pressing Start Button, the selectedtemperature can be recalled and changed.Press Convection Button once to indicatethe temperature in the display window.While the temperature is recalled in thedisplay window, you can change thetemperature by pressing convection button.

• Press Convection Button to select oventemperature. The oven starts at 150°C, thetemperature will count up in 10°C stages to250°C then 100°C. 40°C can not be set incombination mode.

• Press Start Button to preheat. “P” will appearin the display window. When the oven ispreheated the oven will beep and the “P” willflash. Then open the door and place thefood inside.*

• Enter cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.Maximum time is 9 hours.

CAUTION:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.USE OVEN GLOVES.

• Press to select Grill power. 1 press for Grill2 (Medium), 2 presses for Grill 3 (Low). 3presses for Grill 1 (High), (default setting isgrill 2).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 46

Press Start Button.Note: Check that just the grill andconvection symbols are still in thedisplay. If the microwave symbol isdisplayed this is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theConvection and Grill setting.

46

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)The oven can be programmed to cook or reheat food by the grill and the convection oven workingsimultaneously, to give foods that extra crispness and colour. This is known as Turbo-Bake andcan often reduce traditional oven cooking times. ALWAYS PREHEAT BEFORE USE.

NOTE:1. Open the door using the door release

button, because if the STOP/CANCELbutton is pressed the program may becancelled. Then if the time was entered theoven would revert to cooking on Microwaveonly.

2. The oven will maintain the selectedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven ora cooking time set, then it will automaticallycancel the cooking program and revert totime of day.

3. After pressing Start Button, the selectedtemperature can be recalled and changed.Press Convection Button once to indicatethe temperature in the display window.While the temperature is recalled in thedisplay window, you can change thetemperature by pressing convection button.

• Press Convection Button to select oventemperature. The oven starts at 150°C, thetemperature will count up in 10°C stages to250°C then 100°C. 40°C can not be set incombination mode.

• Press Start Button to preheat. “P” will appearin the display window. When the oven ispreheated the oven will beep and the “P” willflash. Then open the door and place thefood inside.*

• Enter cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.Maximum time is 9 hours.

CAUTION:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.USE OVEN GLOVES.

• Press to select Grill power. 1 press for Grill2 (Medium), 2 presses for Grill 3 (Low). 3presses for Grill 1 (High), (default setting isgrill 2).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 46

Varmluft + Grill (Turbo-Bake tilberedning) Ovnen kan programmeres til at tilberede eller genopvarme ved samtidig brug af gril og varmluft. Dette kan give madvarer ekstra sprødhed og farve. Denne teknik kaldes Turbo- Bake og kan ofte reducere tilberedningstiden i forhold til en traditionel ovn.

FORVARM ALTID OVNEN FØR BRUG.

• Tryk på Varmluft knappen for at vælge ovntemperatur. Ovnen starter ved 150 °C, og temperaturen tæller op i 10 °C trin til 250 °C, derefter 100 °C. 40 °C kan ikke indstilles til kombinationstilberedning.

• Tryk for at vælge Grill effekt. 1 tryk for Grill 2 (medium), 2 tryk for Grill 3 (lav). 3 tryk for Grill 1 (høj), (standardindstillingen er grill 2).

• Indtast tilberedningstiden med Tid/Vægt knappen. Maksimal tilberedningstid er 9 timer.

• Tryk på Start knappen for at forvarme. Et “P” vises på displayet. Når ovnen er forvarmet, bipper den, og “P” blinker. Derefter kan du åbne lågen og placere madvarerne i ovnen.

• Tryk på Start knappen. NB: Kontroller, at kun Grill [Press Start Button.Note: Check that just the grill andconvection symbols are still in thedisplay. If the microwave symbol isdisplayed this is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theConvection and Grill setting.

46

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)The oven can be programmed to cook or reheat food by the grill and the convection oven workingsimultaneously, to give foods that extra crispness and colour. This is known as Turbo-Bake andcan often reduce traditional oven cooking times. ALWAYS PREHEAT BEFORE USE.

NOTE:1. Open the door using the door release

button, because if the STOP/CANCELbutton is pressed the program may becancelled. Then if the time was entered theoven would revert to cooking on Microwaveonly.

2. The oven will maintain the selectedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven ora cooking time set, then it will automaticallycancel the cooking program and revert totime of day.

3. After pressing Start Button, the selectedtemperature can be recalled and changed.Press Convection Button once to indicatethe temperature in the display window.While the temperature is recalled in thedisplay window, you can change thetemperature by pressing convection button.

• Press Convection Button to select oventemperature. The oven starts at 150°C, thetemperature will count up in 10°C stages to250°C then 100°C. 40°C can not be set incombination mode.

• Press Start Button to preheat. “P” will appearin the display window. When the oven ispreheated the oven will beep and the “P” willflash. Then open the door and place thefood inside.*

• Enter cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.Maximum time is 9 hours.

CAUTION:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.USE OVEN GLOVES.

• Press to select Grill power. 1 press for Grill2 (Medium), 2 presses for Grill 3 (Low). 3presses for Grill 1 (High), (default setting isgrill 2).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 46

] og Varmluft [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] symbolet stadig er på displayet. Hvis Mikrobølge [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] symbolet vises, er dette forkert, og programmet bør annulleres. Vælg igen en varmluft- og grillindstilling.

NB:

1. Åbn lågen med Lågeåbner knappen. Hvis du trykker på Stop/Annuller knappen, kan programmet blive annulleret. Hvis tiden var indstillet, vil ovnen vende tilbage til tilberedning med kun mikrobølger.

2. Ovnen vil opretholde den valgte tempera- tur i ca. 30 minutter. Hvis ingen madvarer placeres i ovnen, eller en tilberedningstid indstilles, vil ovnen automatisk annullere tilberedningsprogrammet og vende tilbage til at vise klokken.

3. Efter tryk på Start knappen kan den valgte temperatur kaldes frem og ændres. Tryk én gang på Varmluft knappen for at vise temperaturen på displayet. Mens tempe-raturen vises på displayet, kan du ændre temperaturen ved at trykke på varmluft knappen.

ADVARSEL: TILBEHØRET OG OVNENS FLADER BLIVER MEGET VARME. BRUG GRYDELAPPER.

4747

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)

Use the Enamel Shelf OR Wire rack Shelf for Turbo-Bake cooking.

Joints of meat are placed on theenamel shelf in the lower shelf position. Items of meat are placed onthe enamel shelf in the upper position.

Pizza can be placed directly on thewire shelf in the upper shelf position.

Oven accessories to use:

GuidelinesAlways place food in a preheated oven.Food is cooked UNCOVERED.DO NOT USE PLASTIC CONTAINERS.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 47

47

Convection + Grill (Turbo-Bake Cooking)

Use the Enamel Shelf OR Wire rack Shelf for Turbo-Bake cooking.

Joints of meat are placed on theenamel shelf in the lower shelf position. Items of meat are placed onthe enamel shelf in the upper position.

Pizza can be placed directly on thewire shelf in the upper shelf position.

Oven accessories to use:

GuidelinesAlways place food in a preheated oven.Food is cooked UNCOVERED.DO NOT USE PLASTIC CONTAINERS.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 47

Varmluft + Grill (Turbo-Bake tilberedning)

Stege placeres på emaljepladen i den nederste position. Kødstykker placeres på emaljepladen i den øverste position.

RetningslinjerPlacer altid madvarer i en forvarmet ovn. Madvarer tilberedes utildækket. BRUG IKKE PLASTBEHOLDERE.

Brug af ovntilbehør

Brug emaljepladen ELLER risten til Turbo-Bake tilberedning.

Pizza kan placeres direkte på risten i den øverste position.

48

Kombinationstilberedning

KOMBINATION tilberedning er ideel til man-ge madvarer. Mikrobølgeeffekten opvarmer dem hurtigt, mens ovn, grill eller begge dele giver den traditionelle bruning og sprødhed.

Alt dette sker samtidigt, så de fleste mad- varer bliver tilberedt på 1/2 – 2/3 af den nor-male tid.

Der er ingen grund til at forvarme på KOMBINATION programmer, undtagen ved tilberedning af bagværk.

Det er muligt at bruge glatte metal- og foliebeholdere på KOMBINATION. De skal placeres direkte på anti-gnist ringen på risten. De må ikke anbringes direkte på risten, da der så kan forekomme gnist- dannelse.

Ud over varmluft plus grill tilberedning har ovnen har tre andre metoder til kombina-tionstilberedning.

1. Varmluft og Mikrobølge

2. Grill og Mikrobølge

3. Varmluft, Grill og Mikrobølge

Hvis du oplever gnistdannelse – ser blå gnister eller hører skrattende lyde, er metal-beholderen uegnet, eller du har for lidt mad i ovnen. Du bør straks stoppe programmet og skifte til en anden beholder eller ompro-grammere til kun at bruge VARMLUFT.

For at lave vellykket mad med KOMBI-NATION, skal du altid bruge mindst 200 g madvarer. Små mængder skal tilberedes med Varmluft, Grill eller Varmluft plus Grill.

NB: EMALJEPLADEN KAN IKKE BRUGES TIL KOMBINATIONSTILBEREDNING.

49

CAUTION: Take care to use oven gloves when removing dishes from the oven - especially when turning or stirring foods as the oven walls and roof will be very hot.

NOTE:1. When placing food in the oven after

preheating, just press door release buttonbecause if STOP/CANCEL Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.Then, if the time was entered, the ovenwould revert to cooking on microwave only.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

Oven accessoriesWhen using any Combination cooking program the wire shelf may be used in theupper or lower shelf position. Do not placemetal containers directly on the wire shelfwhen cooking on combination mode. Usethe anti-spark ring on top of the wire shelf,then place any metal container. Your metalcontainers can then be used in combinationmode without arcing. DO NOT USE THEENAMEL SHELF ON COMBINATION COOKING.

Containers to useDO NOT use plastic MICROWAVE containerson Combination Programs (unless suitable forcombination cooking). Dishes must be able towithstand the heat of the top grill - heatproofglass e.g. Glass or ceramic are ideal. But donot put dishes on wire rack in upper shelf position directly under the grill. Place the wirerack in the lower shelf position.

or

Oven can be preheated onceconvection button is pressed.

• Set cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.

• Select firstcooking mode.

• Select microwavepower. Optionsavailable depend onfirst cooking modeselected.

• Press if preheating.

Combination Cooking

or

49

+

+

+

+

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 49

CAUTION: Take care to use oven gloves when removing dishes from the oven - especially when turning or stirring foods as the oven walls and roof will be very hot.

NOTE:1. When placing food in the oven after

preheating, just press door release buttonbecause if STOP/CANCEL Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.Then, if the time was entered, the ovenwould revert to cooking on microwave only.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

Oven accessoriesWhen using any Combination cooking program the wire shelf may be used in theupper or lower shelf position. Do not placemetal containers directly on the wire shelfwhen cooking on combination mode. Usethe anti-spark ring on top of the wire shelf,then place any metal container. Your metalcontainers can then be used in combinationmode without arcing. DO NOT USE THEENAMEL SHELF ON COMBINATION COOKING.

Containers to useDO NOT use plastic MICROWAVE containerson Combination Programs (unless suitable forcombination cooking). Dishes must be able towithstand the heat of the top grill - heatproofglass e.g. Glass or ceramic are ideal. But donot put dishes on wire rack in upper shelf position directly under the grill. Place the wirerack in the lower shelf position.

or

Oven can be preheated onceconvection button is pressed.

• Set cooking time using Time/ Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.

• Select firstcooking mode.

• Select microwavepower. Optionsavailable depend onfirst cooking modeselected.

• Press if preheating.

Combination Cooking

or

49

+

+

+

+

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 49

KombinationstilberedningOvnen kan forvarmes, så snart der er trykket på Varmluft knappen.

eller

eller

• Vælg først tilberedningsmetode.

• Vælg tilberedningstiden med Tid/Vægt knappen.

• Tryk for forvarmning.• Vælg mikrobølgeeffekt. Valgmulighederne afhænger nu af den først valgte tilberedningsmetode.

• Tryk på Start knappen.

ADVARSEL: Vær omhyggelig med at bruge grydelapper, når du tager fade ud af ovnen – især ved vending eller omrøring af madvarer, da ovnens indvendige flader vil være meget varme.

NB:

1. Når du sætter madvarer ind i ovnen, så åbn lågen med Lågeåbner knappen. Hvis du trykker på Stop/Annuller knappen, kan programmet blive annulleret. Hvis tiden var indstillet, vil ovnen vende tilbage til tilberedning med kun mikrobølger.

Egnede beholdereBRUG IKKE plast mikrobølgebeholdere på kombinationsprogrammer, med mindre de er egnet til dette formål. Fade skal kunne tåle varmen fra det øverste grillelement. Varmebestandigt glas eller keramik er ideelt. Stil ikke fade på risten i den øverste position direkte under grillen. Placer risten i den nederste position.

2. Du kan ændre tilberedningstiden, mens ovnen er i gang, hvis det kræves. Drej Tid/Vægt knappen for at øge tilberednings- tiden. Op til 10 minutter kan tilføjes.

OvntilbehørNår du bruger et Kombination tilbered-ningsprogram, kan risten anvendes i den øverste eller nederste position. Placer ikke metalbeholdere direkte på risten ved kombinationstilberedning. Brug anti-gnist ringen oven på risten, og placer derefter metalbeholderen på ringen. Dine metalbeholdere kan derefter bruges til Kombination uden gnistdan-nelse. BRUG IKKE EMALJEPLADEN TIL KOMBINATIONSTILBEREDNING.

50

Combination 1. Convection and MicrowaveThis is the most popular combination mode combining convection heat with microwave power.Casseroles, fruit crumble and pastries are very successful using this combination. Unsuitablefoods are those which contain whisked eggs, meringues, celebration cakes, biscuits andyorkshire puddings.It is not necessary to preheat on combination except when cooking pastry dishes, to achieve abetter result. For pastry dishes preheat oven to 210°C on Convection so that the oven is hot,press stop cancel and then select the desired Combination program. Do not use this programwith less than 200g (7oz) of food.

• Press Microwave Power Button toselect desired microwave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

• Press convection button to select thedesired temperature. The oven starts at150°C, and then the temperature will countup in 10°C stages to 250°C, then 100°C.40°C can not be set in combination mode.

• Press Start Button.

50

• Set the desired cookingtime (up to 9 hours).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 50

Combination 1. Convection and MicrowaveThis is the most popular combination mode combining convection heat with microwave power.Casseroles, fruit crumble and pastries are very successful using this combination. Unsuitablefoods are those which contain whisked eggs, meringues, celebration cakes, biscuits andyorkshire puddings.It is not necessary to preheat on combination except when cooking pastry dishes, to achieve abetter result. For pastry dishes preheat oven to 210°C on Convection so that the oven is hot,press stop cancel and then select the desired Combination program. Do not use this programwith less than 200g (7oz) of food.

• Press Microwave Power Button toselect desired microwave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

• Press convection button to select thedesired temperature. The oven starts at150°C, and then the temperature will countup in 10°C stages to 250°C, then 100°C.40°C can not be set in combination mode.

• Press Start Button.

50

• Set the desired cookingtime (up to 9 hours).

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 50

Kombination 1. Varmluft og MikrobølgeDette er den mest populære kombination, som kombinerer varmluft med mikrobølger. Gry-deretter, frugtkager og bagværk kan blive meget vellykket med denne kombination. Uegnet til madvarer, som indeholder piskede æg, marengs, kager, kiks og kødrande.

Det er ikke nødvendigt at forvarme på kombination, undtagen ved tilberedning af bagværk, for at opnå et bedre resultat. Til bagværk forvarmes ovnen til 210 °C på Varmluft, og når ovnen er varm, skal du trykke på Stop/Annuller og derefter vælge det ønskede kombina-tionsprogram. Brug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer.

• Tryk på Varmluft [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen for at vælge den ønskede temperatur. Ovnen starter ved 150 °C, og temperaturen tæller op i 10 °C trin til 250 °C, derefter 100 °C. 40 °C kan ikke indstilles til kombinations-tilberedning.

• Indstil den ønskede tilberedningstid med Tid/Vægt knappen (op til 9 timer).

• Tryk på Start knappen.

• Tryk på Mikrobølgeeffekt [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen for at vælge det ønskede mikrobølge effektniveau. High/Defrost effekt er ikke tilgængelig.

51

Combination 1. Convection and Microwave

Non-metallic dishes or items of food canbe placed directly onto wire shelf in thelower shelf position.

Joints and portions of meat should beplaced in a glass dish on the wire shelfin the lower shelf position. Very largejoints can be placed in a glass dish onthe ceramic plate.

Recipes using foil or metal containerse.g. cakes and pastries should not to beplaced directly on the wire shelf. Usethe anti-spark ring on top of the wireshelf, then place any metal container.

Oven accessories to useDo not use this program with less than 200g (7oz) of food.DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

51

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 51

Combination 1. Convection and Microwave

Non-metallic dishes or items of food canbe placed directly onto wire shelf in thelower shelf position.

Joints and portions of meat should beplaced in a glass dish on the wire shelfin the lower shelf position. Very largejoints can be placed in a glass dish onthe ceramic plate.

Recipes using foil or metal containerse.g. cakes and pastries should not to beplaced directly on the wire shelf. Usethe anti-spark ring on top of the wireshelf, then place any metal container.

Oven accessories to useDo not use this program with less than 200g (7oz) of food.DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

51

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 51

Kombination 1. Varmluft og Mikrobølge Brug af ovntilbehør

Brug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer.

BRUG IKKE EMALJEPLADEN TIL KOMBINATIONSTILBEREDNING.

Ikke-metalliske fade eller portioner af madvarer kan placeres direkte på risten i nederste position.

Stege og kødstykker bør placeres i en glasskål på risten i nederste position. Meget store stege kan placeres i en glasskål på den keramiske plade.

Opskrifter, som bruger folie eller metalbe-holdere, f.eks. kager og bagværk, bør ikke placeres direkte på risten. Brug anti-gnist ringen oven på risten, og placer derefter en metalbeholder på ringen.

52

Kombination 1. Varmluft og Mikrobølge

ADVARSEL: BRUG ALTID GRYDELAPPER, NÅR DU TAGER FADE UD AF OVNEN – ISÆR VED VENDING ELLER OMRØRING AF MADVARER, DA TILBE-HØRET OG OVNENS INDVENDIGE FLADER VIL VÆRE MEGET VARME.

Brug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer.

Retningslinjer

• Madvarer tilberedes normalt UTILDÆKKET.

• Efter tilberedning er det vigtigt, at tilbehøret tages ud til rengøring, før det skal bruges igen, samt at ovnens vægge og bund aftørres med en klud opvredet i varmt sæbevand for at fjerne fedt. Det er ikke nødvendigt at rengøre ovnens bagvæg, som har en selvren-sende katalytisk belægning. STIL IKKE TILBEHØR I EN OPVASKEMASKINE.

Tabellen herunder giver forslag til Kombination programmer. Hvad angår tilberedningstider, se også tilberedningstabellerne i denne vejledning eller lignende opskrifter. Det er ikke muligt at bruge High eller Defrost mikrobølgeeffekt til denne kombination.

Madvarer bør altid tilberedes, indtil de er brunet og rygende varme.

Ovntemperatur Mikrobølge effekt Formål

230 °C Warm Frugtkage

220 °C Simmer Gratineret blomkål, makaroni, quiche

220 °C Warm Nedkølet risbudding

190 °C Simmer Hel kylling / Kalkun

160 °C Warm Kager, gryderetter

53

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

This Combination mode is suitable for foodswhich are normally grilled and for reheatingsmall savoury items.Do not use this program with less than 200 g(7 oz) of food.

It is NOT necessary to preheat when usingthis Combination mode and food shouldalways be cooked uncovered. The Grill will glow on and off during cooking -this is normal.

• Set the desired cooking time using theTime/Weight Dial (up to 9 hours).

• Press Start Button

• Press the Grill PowerButton to select the desiredgrill level.

One press: Grill 1 - HIGHTwo presses: Grill 2 - MEDIUMThree pressses: Grill 3 - LOW

• Press the microwave power button to select the desiredmicrowave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

53

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 53

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

This Combination mode is suitable for foodswhich are normally grilled and for reheatingsmall savoury items.Do not use this program with less than 200 g(7 oz) of food.

It is NOT necessary to preheat when usingthis Combination mode and food shouldalways be cooked uncovered. The Grill will glow on and off during cooking -this is normal.

• Set the desired cooking time using theTime/Weight Dial (up to 9 hours).

• Press Start Button

• Press the Grill PowerButton to select the desiredgrill level.

One press: Grill 1 - HIGHTwo presses: Grill 2 - MEDIUMThree pressses: Grill 3 - LOW

• Press the microwave power button to select the desiredmicrowave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

53

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 53

Kombination 2. Grill og MikrobølgeDenne Kombination er egnet til madvarer, som normalt skal grilles, samt til genop-varmning af små krydrede retter.

Brug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer.

Det er IKKE nødvendigt at forvarme ved brug af denne Kombination, og madvarer bør altid tilberedes utildækket.

Grillen vil tænde og slukke under tilbered-ningen. Dette er normalt.

• Tryk på Grill [

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

This Combination mode is suitable for foodswhich are normally grilled and for reheatingsmall savoury items.Do not use this program with less than 200 g(7 oz) of food.

It is NOT necessary to preheat when usingthis Combination mode and food shouldalways be cooked uncovered. The Grill will glow on and off during cooking -this is normal.

• Set the desired cooking time using theTime/Weight Dial (up to 9 hours).

• Press Start Button

• Press the Grill PowerButton to select the desiredgrill level.

One press: Grill 1 - HIGHTwo presses: Grill 2 - MEDIUMThree pressses: Grill 3 - LOW

• Press the microwave power button to select the desiredmicrowave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

53

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 53

] knappen for at vælge det ønskede effektniveau.

1 tryk: Grill 1 – Høj

2 tryk: Grill 2 – Medium

3 tryk: Grill 3 – Lav

• Indstil den ønskede tilberedningstid med Tid/Vægt knappen (op til 9 timer).

• Tryk på Mikrobølgeeffekt [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen for at vælge det ønskede mikrobølge effektniveau. High/Defrost effekt er ikke tilgængelig.

• Tryk på Start knappen.

5454

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

Guidelines• Food is always cooked UNCOVERED.

• To turn food just press door release button,remove the accessories, turn the food, returnto the oven, close the door and pressSTART button. The oven will continue tocount down the remaining cooking time.

• After Grilling it is important that the Grillaccessories are removed for cleaning beforere-use and that the oven walls and floor arewiped with a cloth squeezed in hot soapywater to remove any grease. It is not necessary to clean the back of the ovenwhich has a catalytic self clean lining. DONOT PUT THE SHELVES IN THE DISHWASHER.

Food can be placed directly onto the wire shelf inthe upper or lower shelf position. The glass dish can beplaced underneath to catchany drips.When cooking fish or smallitems, food can be placeddirectly on the glass dish onthe wire shelf.

Oven accessories to use

DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

For advice on cooking times refer to cooking charts and recipes in this book. See pages 63-81.Foods should always be cooked until browned and piping hot.

CAUTION:ALWAYS USE OVEN GLOVES WHEN REMOVING DISHES FROM THE OVEN -ESPECIALLY WHEN TURNING OR STIRRING FOODS, AS THE ACCESSORIESAND SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.

Containers to useDO NOT use plastic MICROWAVE containers on Combination Programs (unless suitable for combination cooking). Dishes must be able to withstand the heat of the top grill - heatproof glasse.g. Pyrex or ceramic are ideal.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 54

54

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

Guidelines• Food is always cooked UNCOVERED.

• To turn food just press door release button,remove the accessories, turn the food, returnto the oven, close the door and pressSTART button. The oven will continue tocount down the remaining cooking time.

• After Grilling it is important that the Grillaccessories are removed for cleaning beforere-use and that the oven walls and floor arewiped with a cloth squeezed in hot soapywater to remove any grease. It is not necessary to clean the back of the ovenwhich has a catalytic self clean lining. DONOT PUT THE SHELVES IN THE DISHWASHER.

Food can be placed directly onto the wire shelf inthe upper or lower shelf position. The glass dish can beplaced underneath to catchany drips.When cooking fish or smallitems, food can be placeddirectly on the glass dish onthe wire shelf.

Oven accessories to use

DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

For advice on cooking times refer to cooking charts and recipes in this book. See pages 63-81.Foods should always be cooked until browned and piping hot.

CAUTION:ALWAYS USE OVEN GLOVES WHEN REMOVING DISHES FROM THE OVEN -ESPECIALLY WHEN TURNING OR STIRRING FOODS, AS THE ACCESSORIESAND SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT.

Containers to useDO NOT use plastic MICROWAVE containers on Combination Programs (unless suitable for combination cooking). Dishes must be able to withstand the heat of the top grill - heatproof glasse.g. Pyrex or ceramic are ideal.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 54

Kombination 2. Grill og MikrobølgeBrug af ovntilbehør

BRUG IKKE EMALJEPLADEN TIL KOMBINATIONSTILBEREDNING.

Madvarer kan placeres direkte på risten i den øverste eller nederste position. Glasfadet kan placeres nedenunder til at fange eventuelle dryp.

Ved tilberedning af fisk eller små kødstykker, kan mad-varerne placeres direkte på glasfadet på risten.

For vejledning om tilberedningstider, se opskrifter og tilberedningstabeller på side 63 – 81. Madvarer bør altid tilberedes, indtil de er brunet og rygende varme.

Retningslinjer

• Madvarer tilberedes altid UTILDÆKKET.

• Når maden skal vendes, så tryk blot på Lågeåbner knappen, tag tilbehøret ud, vend maden, sæt den tilbage i ovnen, luk lågen og tryk på Start. Ovnen fortsætter med at nedtælle den resterende tilbered-ningstid.

Egnede beholdere

BRUG IKKE plast mikrobølgebeholdere på kombinationsprogrammer, med mindre de er egnet til dette formål. Fade skal kunne tåle varmen fra det øverste grillelement. Varmebestandigt glas eller keramik er ideelt.

• Efter grilning er det vigtigt, at grilltilbe-høret tages ud til rengøring, før det skal bruges igen, samt at ovnens vægge og bund aftørres med en klud opvredet i varmt sæbevand for at fjerne fedt. Det er ikke nødvendigt at rengøre ovnens bag-væg, som har en selvrensende katalytisk belægning. STIL IKKE TILBEHØR I EN OPVASKEMASKINE.

ADVARSEL: BRUG ALTID GRYDELAPPER, NÅR DU TAGER FADE UD AF OVNEN – ISÆR VED VENDING ELLER OMRØRING AF MADVARER, DA TILBE-HØRET OG OVNENS INDVENDIGE FLADER VIL VÆRE MEGET VARME.

5555

• Pressconvectionbutton to selectoventemperature.The oven startsat 150°C andthe temperaturewill count up in10°C stages to250°C then100°C. 40°Ccan not be setin combinationmode.

• Press to selectgrill power. 1press for Grill 2(Medium) 2presses for Grill3 (Low), 3presses for Grill1 (High).

• PressMicrowave buttonto select desiredmicrowave powerlavel. The optionsavailable willdepend on theother cookingmodes previouslyselected.(High/defrost notavailable).

• Set the desiredcooking timeusing the Time/Weight Dial (upto 9 hours).

• Press Start button.

Combination 3. Convection, Grilland Microwave.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 55

Kombination 3. Varmluft, Grill og Mikrobølge

• Tryk på Varmluft [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen for at vælge den ønskede temperatur. Ovnen starter ved 150 °C, og temperaturen tæller op i 10 °C trin til 250 °C, derefter 100 °C. 40 °C kan ikke indstilles til kombinations- tilberedning.

• Tryk på Grill [

Combination 2. Grill and Microwave

This Combination mode is suitable for foodswhich are normally grilled and for reheatingsmall savoury items.Do not use this program with less than 200 g(7 oz) of food.

It is NOT necessary to preheat when usingthis Combination mode and food shouldalways be cooked uncovered. The Grill will glow on and off during cooking -this is normal.

• Set the desired cooking time using theTime/Weight Dial (up to 9 hours).

• Press Start Button

• Press the Grill PowerButton to select the desiredgrill level.

One press: Grill 1 - HIGHTwo presses: Grill 2 - MEDIUMThree pressses: Grill 3 - LOW

• Press the microwave power button to select the desiredmicrowave power level.HIGH/DEFROST power is not available.

53

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 53

] knappen for at vælge det ønskede effekt-niveau. 1 tryk for Grill 2 (Medium), 2 tryk for Grill 3 (Lav), 3 tryk for Grill 1 (Høj)

• Tryk på Mikro- bølgeeffekt [

• Enter cooking time using Time/Weight Dial. Maximum cooking time is 9 hours.

• Press Start Button. Note: Checkthat only the convection symbol

is still in the display. If themicrowave symbol is displayedthis is incorrect and the programshould be cancelled. Reselect theconvection setting.

Convection Cooking

• Press ConvectionButton. The oven starts at150°C. Press the buttonand the temperature willcount up in 10°C stages to250°C, then 40°C and100°C .

NOTE:1. Open the door using the Door release

button, because if the Stop/Cancel Button ispressed the program may be cancelled.

2. You can add to the cooking time duringcooking, if required. Turn Time/Weight Dialto increase the cooking time. A maximumtime of 10 minutes can be added.

The oven will maintain the selected preheatedtemperature for approximately 30 minutes. Ifno food has been placed inside the oven or acooking time set, then it will automatically cancel the cooking program and revert to timeof day.

CAUTIONS:THE ACCESSORIES AND THE SURROUNDING OVEN WILL GET VERY HOT. USE OVENGLOVES.

Your Combination Oven can be used as a conventional oven using the CONVECTION modewhich incorporates a heating element with a fan.For best results always place food in a preheated oven. The grill will come on when the oven ispreheating.You can cook in three ways when using convection cooking -

1. On the Enamel shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.2. On the Wire rack shelf in the lower or upper shelf position.3. Both of the above at the same time, to use the oven for two level cooking.

See individual guidelines on pages 43 for recommended accessories to use.You can preheat with or without the Enamel shelf or Wire shelf in position.

42

• Press Start Button to preheat. A “P” willappear in the display window. When theoven is preheated the oven will beep andthe “P” will flash. Then open the door andplace the food inside.* There is no preheatat 40°C.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 42

] knappen for at vælge det øn- skede mikrobøl-ge effektniveau. De tilgængelige valgmuligheder afhænger af de allerede valgte tilberednings- indstillinger. High/Defrost effekt er ikke tilgængelig.

• Indstil den øn- skede tilbered-ningstid med Tid/Vægt knappen (op til 9 timer).

• Tryk på Start knappen.

56

Guidelines• Food is always cooked UNCOVERED. • After cooking it is important that the accessories are removed for cleaning before re-use and

that the oven walls and floor are wiped with a cloth squeezed in hot soapy water to remove anygrease. It is not necessary to clean the back of the oven which has a catalytic self clean lining.DO NOT PUT THE SHELVES IN THE DISHWASHER.

Non-metallic dishes or items of food canbe placed directly onto the wire shelf inthe lower shelf position.

Food should be placed directly onto thewire shelf in the upper or lower shelfposition. The glass dish can be placedunderneath to catch any drips.

Oven accessories to use

DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

When cooking small items or fish,food should be placed directly onto the glass dish in the upper orlower shelf position.

Combination 3. Convection, Grill andMicrowave.

56

Do not use this program with less than 200g (7oz) of food.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 56

Guidelines• Food is always cooked UNCOVERED. • After cooking it is important that the accessories are removed for cleaning before re-use and

that the oven walls and floor are wiped with a cloth squeezed in hot soapy water to remove anygrease. It is not necessary to clean the back of the oven which has a catalytic self clean lining.DO NOT PUT THE SHELVES IN THE DISHWASHER.

Non-metallic dishes or items of food canbe placed directly onto the wire shelf inthe lower shelf position.

Food should be placed directly onto thewire shelf in the upper or lower shelfposition. The glass dish can be placedunderneath to catch any drips.

Oven accessories to use

DO NOT USE THE ENAMEL SHELF FOR COMBINATION COOKING.

When cooking small items or fish,food should be placed directly onto the glass dish in the upper orlower shelf position.

Combination 3. Convection, Grill andMicrowave.

56

Do not use this program with less than 200g (7oz) of food.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 56

Kombination 3. Varmluft, Grill og MikrobølgeBrug af ovntilbehør

Brug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer.

BRUG IKKE EMALJEPLADEN TIL KOMBINATIONSTILBEREDNING.

Ikke-metalliske fade eller portioner af madvarer kan placeres direkte på risten i nederste position.

Madvarer kan placeres direkte på risten i den øverste eller nederste position. Glas-fadet kan placeres nedenunder til at fange eventuelle dryp.

Ved tilberedning af fisk eller små kødstykker, kan madvarerne placeres direkte på glasfadet på risten.

Retningslinjer

• Madvarer tilberedes altid UTILDÆKKET.

• Efter tilberedning er det vigtigt, at tilbehøret tages ud til rengøring, før det skal bruges igen, samt at ovnens vægge og bund aftørres med en klud opvredet i varmt sæbevand for at fjerne fedt. Det er ikke nødvendigt at rengøre ovnens bagvæg, som har en selv- rensende katalytisk belægning. STIL IKKE TILBEHØR I EN OPVASKEMASKINE.

57

Kombination 3. Varmluft, Grill eller Turbo-Bake og MikrobølgeBrug ikke dette program med mindre end 200 g madvarer. Vi foreslår de følgende valgmuligheder til denne Kombination.

For vejledning om tilberedningstider, se opskrifter og tilberedningstabeller på side 63 – 81. Madvarer bør altid tilberedes, indtil de er brunet og rygende varme.

Varmluft (Ovn temp) Grill Mikrobølge effekt Formål

250 °C 1 Simmer Bagekartofler

250 °C 1 Warm Rundstykker, ciabatta

240 °C 1 Medium Frossen tynd og sprød pizza

240 °C 1 Lav Tynd og sprød pizza

230 °C 1 Warm Friske panerede fiskefileter

230 °C 2 Simmer Frosne scampi, genopvarmning af kødtærter og postejer, større lasagne

230 °C 2 Simmer Frosne panerede fiskefilete

230 °C 1 Simmer Lasagne, gratineret blomkål, schnitzle

220 °C 2 Simmer Genopvarmning af store kødtærter, quiche, frugttærter

ADVARSEL: BRUG ALTID GRYDELAPPER, NÅR DU TAGER FADE UD AF OVNEN – ISÆR VED VENDING ELLER OMRØRING AF MADVARER, DA TILBE-HØRET OG OVNENS INDVENDIGE FLADER VIL VÆRE MEGET VARME.

58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsThis feature allows you to cook or reheat most of your favourite foods by setting the weight only.The oven determines the Microwave power level and/or Combination setting, then the cookingtime automatically. Select the category of food and then just enter the weight. Only enter theweight of the food. Do not include the weight of any added water or the container weight.

When you select an automatic program symbols will appear in the display to show the cookingmode that will be used and the accessories that are needed. See below to identify the symbols:-

Microwave

Gril

Convection

• Press the AutoWeight ProgramButton to selectthe desiredprogram.

• Set the weightof food by usingthe Time/Weight Dial.

• Press Start Button.The displayreminds you whichaccessory to useand which cookingmodes are in use.

Wire shelf

Square glass dish

eg.

58

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 58

Auto-vægt programmer Denne funktion giver dig mulighed for at tilberede eller genopvarme de fleste af dine retter blot ved at indstille vægten. Ovnen bestemmer Mikrobølge effektniveauet og/eller Kombina-tion indstilling, hvorefter tilberedningstiden automatisk beregnes. Vælg kategori for madva-rer og indstil derefter vægten. Indstil kun vægten af madvarer. Medtag ikke vægten af tilsat vand eller en beholder.

Når du vælger et automatisk program, vises symboler på displayet for at informere om den anvendte tilberedningsfunktion samt det nødvendige tilbehør. Se symbolerne herunder:

f.eks.

• Tryk på Auto-vægt program knappen for at vælge det ønskede program.

• Indstil vægten med Tid/Vægt knappen.

Mikrobølge

Grill

Varmluft Rist

Firkantet glasfad

• Tryk på Start knappen. Displayet viser, hvilket tilbehør der skal bruges, samt hvilke tilberedningsfunktioner der anvendes.

59

Retningslinjer for brug

Minimum/Maksimum vægt til brug på Auto-vægt programmer

Auto-vægt programmerne er udviklet til at tage gætteriet ud af tilberedning eller genopvarmning af din mad. De må KUN anvendes til de beskrevne madvarer.

1. Tilbered kun madvarer inden for de angivne vægtintervaller (se tabellen herunder).

2. Brug kun tilbehør, som er angivet på side 60 – 63.

3. Tildæk IKKE madvarer, medmindre andet er angivet. Kombination auto-programmerne bruger en kombination af Mikrobølge og Grill og/eller Varmluft, og tildækning vil forhin-dre bruning af maden. Varmen fra grillen vil også smelte enhver plastfolie.

4. De fleste madvarer bliver bedre af at HVILE i nogen tid efter tilberedning på et Auto-program, så varmen kan fortsætte med at trænge ind i midten.

5. For at tage højde for variationer, som kan forekomme i madvarer, bør du kontrollere, at maden helt færdig og rygende varm før servering.

6. Vej ALTID kyllingen til Auto-programmet til hel kylling. Stol IKKE på vægten på pakken.

Program Minimum Maximum

1 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

4. Friske grøntsager 200 g 1.000 g

2 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

5. Frosne grøntsager 200 g 1.000 g

3 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

6. Fersk fisk 200 g 1.000 g

4 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

7. Paneret fisk 100 g 800 g

1 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

8. Kogte kartofler 200 g 1.000 g

2 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

9. Bagekartofler 200 g 1.500 g

3 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

10. Frosne kartoffelprodukter 200 g 500 g

1 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

11. Hel kylling 1.000 g 1.900 g

2 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

12. Kyllingestykker 200 g 1.000 g

1 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

13. Kold pizza 100 g 600 g

2 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

14. Frossen pizza 100 g 600 g

1 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

15. Sprød skorpe 350 g 600 g

2 tryk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

16. Bagværk 100 g 650 g

60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

Auto-vægt tilberedningsprogrammerAuto-programmerne må KUN bruges til de madvarer, som er beskrevet herunder.

Tilberedning af friske grøntsager. Placer de forberedte grøntsager i et fad med lav kant. Tilsæt 15 ml (1 spsk.) vand pr. 100 g. Dæk med perforeret plastfolie eller et låg. Sæt fadet på den keramiske plade på bunden af ovnen. Tryk én gang på Veg/Fish knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Omrør halvvejs gennem tilberedningen.

Tilberedning af fersk fisk. Beskyt de tyndere dele. Placer fisken i et fad med lav kant. Tilsæt 30 ml (2 spsk.) vand. Dæk med per-foreret plastfolie eller et låg. Sæt fadet på den keramiske plade på bunden af ovnen. Tryk tre gange på Veg/Fish knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start.

Tilberedning af frosne grøntsager som frosne ærter, majs eller blandede grøntsager. Placer de forberedte grøntsager i en skål. Tilsæt 30 ml (2 spsk.) vand. Dæk med perforeret plast-folie eller et låg. Sæt skålen på den keramiske plade på bunden af ovnen. Tryk to gange på Veg/Fish knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Omrør halvvejs gennem tilberedningen.

Tilberedning af forkogte FROSNE panerede fisk. Placer de frosne panerede fisk på et glasfad på risten i nederste position. Tryk fire gange på Veg/Fish knappen. Indstil den samlede vægt af den frosne panerede fisk. Tryk på Start.

4. Friske grøntsager

6. Fersk fisk

5. Frosne grøntsager

7. Paneret fisk

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

= Kun mikrobølgetilberedning = Kombination f.eks. Varmluft + Mikrobølge eller Grill + Mikrobølge eller Varmluft + Grill + Mikrobølge

6161

Auto Weight Cook Programs

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro poweror Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

Prepare potatoes and cut into even sizedpieces. For weights under 500 g Place pota-toes into a container with 90 ml (6 tbsp) ofwater. For weights over 500g, place potatoesinto a container with 150 ml (10 tbsp) of water.Cover with pierced cling film or lid. Place thecontainer on the ceramic plate on the base ofthe oven. Press potatoes button once. Enterthe weight. Press START. Stir halfway throughcooking.

To cook jacket potatoes with a crisper drierskin. Choose medium sized potatoes 200-250 g each (7-9 oz), for best results. Washand dry potatoes and prick with a fork severaltimes. Place potatoes on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button twice.Enter total weight of potatoes, then pressSTART.

To cook FROZEN oven chips and potato products, e.g. Hash Browns, Croquettes, etc,.that are suitable for GRILLING. Place potato products on glass dish on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button threetimes. Enter the weight. Press START. Turnduring cooking. For best results cook in a single layer. NOTE: Potato products vary considerably. Wesuggest checking a few minutes before theend of cooking to assess personal browning.

To cook WHOLE FRESH unstuffed chickens.Cook stuffing seperately. Place chicken onglass dish on base of the oven. Press chickenbutton once. Enter in the weight of chicken,then press START. Start cooking breast sidedown and turn halfway, taking care with hotjuices. Stand for 5 minutes.

C C

C

9. Jacket Potatoes

10. Frozen Potato Products 11. Whole Chicken

8. Boiled Potatoes

M

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 61

61

Auto Weight Cook Programs

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro poweror Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

Prepare potatoes and cut into even sizedpieces. For weights under 500 g Place pota-toes into a container with 90 ml (6 tbsp) ofwater. For weights over 500g, place potatoesinto a container with 150 ml (10 tbsp) of water.Cover with pierced cling film or lid. Place thecontainer on the ceramic plate on the base ofthe oven. Press potatoes button once. Enterthe weight. Press START. Stir halfway throughcooking.

To cook jacket potatoes with a crisper drierskin. Choose medium sized potatoes 200-250 g each (7-9 oz), for best results. Washand dry potatoes and prick with a fork severaltimes. Place potatoes on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button twice.Enter total weight of potatoes, then pressSTART.

To cook FROZEN oven chips and potato products, e.g. Hash Browns, Croquettes, etc,.that are suitable for GRILLING. Place potato products on glass dish on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button threetimes. Enter the weight. Press START. Turnduring cooking. For best results cook in a single layer. NOTE: Potato products vary considerably. Wesuggest checking a few minutes before theend of cooking to assess personal browning.

To cook WHOLE FRESH unstuffed chickens.Cook stuffing seperately. Place chicken onglass dish on base of the oven. Press chickenbutton once. Enter in the weight of chicken,then press START. Start cooking breast sidedown and turn halfway, taking care with hotjuices. Stand for 5 minutes.

C C

C

9. Jacket Potatoes

10. Frozen Potato Products 11. Whole Chicken

8. Boiled Potatoes

M

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 61

61

Auto Weight Cook Programs

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro poweror Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

Prepare potatoes and cut into even sizedpieces. For weights under 500 g Place pota-toes into a container with 90 ml (6 tbsp) ofwater. For weights over 500g, place potatoesinto a container with 150 ml (10 tbsp) of water.Cover with pierced cling film or lid. Place thecontainer on the ceramic plate on the base ofthe oven. Press potatoes button once. Enterthe weight. Press START. Stir halfway throughcooking.

To cook jacket potatoes with a crisper drierskin. Choose medium sized potatoes 200-250 g each (7-9 oz), for best results. Washand dry potatoes and prick with a fork severaltimes. Place potatoes on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button twice.Enter total weight of potatoes, then pressSTART.

To cook FROZEN oven chips and potato products, e.g. Hash Browns, Croquettes, etc,.that are suitable for GRILLING. Place potato products on glass dish on wire shelf in lowershelf position. Press potatoes button threetimes. Enter the weight. Press START. Turnduring cooking. For best results cook in a single layer. NOTE: Potato products vary considerably. Wesuggest checking a few minutes before theend of cooking to assess personal browning.

To cook WHOLE FRESH unstuffed chickens.Cook stuffing seperately. Place chicken onglass dish on base of the oven. Press chickenbutton once. Enter in the weight of chicken,then press START. Start cooking breast sidedown and turn halfway, taking care with hotjuices. Stand for 5 minutes.

C C

C

9. Jacket Potatoes

10. Frozen Potato Products 11. Whole Chicken

8. Boiled Potatoes

M

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 61

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

Auto-vægt tilberedningsprogrammerAuto-vægt tilberedningsprogrammerAuto-programmerne må KUN bruges til de madvarer, som er beskrevet herunder.

Forbered kartoflerne og skær dem i lige store stykker. Er der under 500 g, lægges kartoflerne i en skål med 90 ml (6 spsk.) vand. Er der mere end 500 g, lægges kartofler i en skål med 150 ml (10 spsk.) vand. Dæk med perforeret plastfolie eller et låg. Sæt skålen på den keramiske plade på bunden af ovnen. Tryk én gang på Potatoes knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Omrør halvvejs gennem tilberedningen.

Tilberedning af frosne ovnchips og kartof- felprodukter, f.eks. kartoffelpandekager, kroketter, osv., der er egnede til at grille. Placer kartoffelprodukterne på et glasfad på risten i nederste position. Tryk tre gange på Potatoes knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Vend under tilberedningen. For de bedste resultater tilbered i et enkelt lag. NB: Kartoffelprodukter kan variere betydeligt. Vi foreslår, at du tjekker et par minutter før slutningen af tilberedningen for at vurdere bruningen.

Tilberedning af bagekartofler med sprødt, tørt skind. Vælg mellemstore kartofler på 200 – 250 g hver for de bedste resultater. Vask og tør kartoflerne og prik dem flere gange med en gaffel. Placer kartoflerne på risten i nederste position. Tryk to gange på Potatoes knappen. Indstil den samlede vægt af kartoflerne. Tryk på Start.

Tilberedning af HELE, FERSKE kyllinger uden fyld. Tilbered eventuelt fyld separat. Placer kyllingen på et glasfad på bunden af ovnen. Tryk én gang på Chicken knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Start tilberedningen med brystsiden nedad og vend halvvejs. Pas på den varme saft. Lad hvile i 5 minutter.

8. Kogte kartofler

10. Frosne kartoffelprodukter

9. Bagekartofler

11. Hel kylling

= Kun mikrobølgetilberedning = Kombination f.eks. Varmluft + Mikrobølge eller Grill + Mikrobølge eller Varmluft + Grill + Mikrobølge

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

62

14. Frozen Pizza

C

13. Chilled Pizza

C

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

To cook FRESH chicken pieces. Place chicken,skin side up, on glass dish on wire shelf inlower shelf position. Press chicken buttontwice. Enter weight. Take care with hot juices.Stand for 5 minutes.

For reheating and browning chilled, purchasedpizza. Remove all packaging and place on wireshelf in lower shelf position. Press pizzabutton once. Enter weight. Press START.

For reheating and browning frozen, purchasedpizza. Remove all packaging and place on wireshelf in lower shelf position. Press pizza buttontwice. Enter weight. Press START. Please notethis program is not suitable for very deep panpizzas.

12. Chicken Pieces(with Bone)

C

M = Microwave cooking only C

62

= Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro Power or Convection + Grill + Microwave Power

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 62

14. Frozen Pizza

C

13. Chilled Pizza

C

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

To cook FRESH chicken pieces. Place chicken,skin side up, on glass dish on wire shelf inlower shelf position. Press chicken buttontwice. Enter weight. Take care with hot juices.Stand for 5 minutes.

For reheating and browning chilled, purchasedpizza. Remove all packaging and place on wireshelf in lower shelf position. Press pizzabutton once. Enter weight. Press START.

For reheating and browning frozen, purchasedpizza. Remove all packaging and place on wireshelf in lower shelf position. Press pizza buttontwice. Enter weight. Press START. Please notethis program is not suitable for very deep panpizzas.

12. Chicken Pieces(with Bone)

C

M = Microwave cooking only C

62

= Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro Power or Convection + Grill + Microwave Power

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 62

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

= Kun mikrobølgetilberedning = Kombination f.eks. Varmluft + Mikrobølge eller Grill + Mikrobølge eller Varmluft + Grill + Mikrobølge

Auto-vægt tilberedningsprogrammerAuto-programmerne må KUN bruges til de madvarer, som er beskrevet herunder.

Tilberedning af ferske kyllingestykker. Placer kyllingen med skindsiden opad på et glasfad på risten i nederste position. Tryk to gange på Chicken knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Pas på den varme saft. Lad hvile i 5 minutter.

Til genopvarmning og bruning af frossen købepizza. Fjern al emballage og placer pizzaen på risten i nederste position. Tryk to gange på Pizza knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. Bemærk, at dette program ikke er egnet til deep pan pizzaer.

Til genopvarmning og bruning af kold købe-pizza. Fjern al emballage og placer pizzaen på risten i nederste position. Tryk én gang på Pizza knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start.

12. Kyllingestykker (med ben)

14. Frossen pizza

13. Kold pizza

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

6363

= Microwave Power only

For heating and browning CHILLED purchasedsavoury dishes e.g. lasagne, sheperds pie, fishpie etc. Remove any lid or covering. If in a foilcontainer transfer to a similar sized heatproofdish and place on Low wire shelf in lower shelfposition. If using heatproof plastic based dishthat food is purchased in, take care and support underneath when removing. Presscrispy top button once. Enter weight. PressSTART. DO NOT COVER. Stand for 1 minutebefore serving. Ensure the food is piping hot.

For reheating and browning purchasedpastry items eg. meat or vegetable pies,sausage rolls or pasties. Do not use for largedeep filled family pies. Remove all packagingand place on glass dish on wire shelf in lowerposition. Press crispy top button twice. Enterweight. Press START. DO NOT COVER.

Auto Weight Cook Programs

Cooking and Reheating GuidelinesMost foods reheat very quickly in your oven byHIGH power. Meals can be brought back toserving temperature in just minutes and willtaste freshly cooked and NOT leftover. Alwayscheck food is piping hot and return to oven ifnecessary.

As a general rule, always cover wet foods, e.g.soups, casseroles and plated meals.

Do not cover dry foods e.g. bread rolls, mincepies, sausage rolls etc.

The charts on pages 65-81 show you the bestway to cook or reheat your favourite foods. Thebest method depends on the type of food.

Remember when cooking or reheating anyfood that it should be stirred or turnedwherever possible. This ensures even cookingor reheating on the outside and in the centre.

When is food reheated?Food that has been reheated or cooked shouldbe served “piping hot” i.e. steam should bevisibly emitted from all parts. As long as goodhygiene practices have been followed duringthe prepa ra tion and storage of the food, thencooking or reheating presents no safety risks.

Foods that cannot be stirred should be cut witha knife to test that they are adequately heatedthroughout. Even if a manufac tur erʼsinstructions or the times in the cookbook havebeen followed, it is still important to check thefood is heated thoroughly. If in doubt, alwaysreturn to the oven for further reheating.

If you cannot find the equivalent food in thechart then choose a similar type and size listedand adjust the cooking time if necessary.

16. Pastry Items

C

M C

C

15. Crispy Top

= Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro Power or Convection + Grill + Microwave Power

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 63

Auto-vægt tilberedningsprogrammer

Tilberedning og genopvarmning retningslinjer

Til genopvarmning og bruning af KOLDE krydrede færdigretter, f.eks. lasagne, kød-tærter, fisketætter osv. Fjern et eventuelt låg eller indpakning. Hvis retten er i en foliepak-ning, så overfør den til et tilsvarende størrel- se varmefast fad og placer den på den lave rist i nederste position. Hvis du bruger et varmefast plastfad, som retten er købt i, så vær forsigtig og støt fadet fra neden, når du tager det ud. Tryk én gang på Crispy Top knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. TILDÆK IKKE. Lad hvile 1 minut før serve-ring. Sørg for, at maden er rygende varm.

De fleste madvarer kan genopvarmes meget hurtigt i ovnen ved High effekt. Måltider kan bringes op til serveringstemperatur på få mi-nutter og vil smage frisk. Kontroller altid, at maden er rygende varm og sæt den tilbage i ovnen, hvis det er nødvendigt.

Generelt bør du altid tildække våde madvarer, f.eks. supper, gryderetter og færdigretter.

Tildæk ikke tørre madvarer, f.eks. rundstykker, kødtærter, pølseruller osv. Tabellerne på side 65 – 81 viser dig den bedste måde at tilberede eller genopvarme mange forskellige retter.

Den bedste metode afhænger af typen af madvarer. Husk, når du tilbereder mad, at den bør omrøres eller vendes, når det er muligt. Dette sikrer en ensartet tilberedning eller genopvarmning på ydersiden og i midten.

Til genopvarmning og bruning af købt bagværk, f.eks. kød- eller grønsagstærter, pølseruller eller postejer. Må ikke bruges til store dybe familietærter med fyld. Fjern al emballage og placer på et glasfad på risten i nederste position. Tryk to gange på Crispy Top knappen. Indstil vægten. Tryk på Start. TILDÆK IKKE.

15. Sprød skorpe 13. Bagværk

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

C

7. Breaded Fish

Auto Weight Cook ProgramsAuto Programs must ONLY be used for the foods described below.

M

To cook FRESH vegetables. Place preparedvegetables into a shallow container. Add 15 ml(1tbsp) of water per 100 g. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button once. Enter the weight. PressSTART. Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FROZEN vegetables like frozen peas,sweetcorn or mixed vegetables. Place prepared vegetables into a container. Add 30ml (2 tbsp) of water. Cover with pierced clingfilm or lid. Place the container on the ceramicplate on the base of the oven. Press veg/fishbutton twice. Enter the weight. Press START.Stir halfway through cooking.

To cook FRESH fish. Shield the thinner portions. Place in a shallow container.Add 30 ml (2tbsp) water. Cover with piercedcling film or lid. Place the container on theceramic plate on the base of the oven. Pressveg/fish button three times. Enter the weight.Press START.

To cook precooked FROZEN breaded fish .Place frozen breaded fish on glass dish onwire shelf in lower shelf position. Pressveg/fish button four times. Enter total weight offrozen breaded fish. Press START.

4. Fresh Vegetables 5. Frozen Vegetables

6. Fresh Fish

M M

M = Microwave cooking only = Combination e.g. Convection + Micro power or Grill + Micro power or Convection + Grill + Micro power

C

60

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 60

= Kun mikrobølgetilberedning = Kombination f.eks. Varmluft + Mikrobølge eller Grill + Mikrobølge eller Varmluft + Grill + Mikrobølge

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Program Minimum Maximum

1 Press 4. Fresh Vegetables 200g 1000g

2 Presses 5. Frozen Vegetables 200g 1000g

3 Presses 6. Fresh Fish 200g 1000g

4 Presses 7. Breaded Fish 100g 800g

1 Press 8. Boiled Potatoes 200g 1000g

2 Presses 9. Jacket Potatoes 200g 1500g

3 Presses 10. Frozen Potato Products 200g 500g

1 Press 11. Whole Chicken 1000g 1900g

2 Presses 12. Chicken Pieces 200g 1000g

1 Press 13. Chilled Pizza 100g 600g

2 Presses 14. Frozen Pizza 100g 600g

1 Press 15. Crispy Top 350g 600g

2 Presses 16. Pastry Items 100g 650g

59

The Auto Weight Programs are designed totake the guesswork out of cooking or reheatingyour food. They must ONLY be used for thefoods described.1. Only cook foods within the weight ranges

described (see table below).2. Only use the accessories as indicated on

pages 60-63.3. DO NOT cover food unless stated.

Combination auto programs use aCombination of Microwave and Grill and/orConvection and covering will prevent thefood browning. The heat of the grill will alsomelt any plastic covering.

4. Most foods benefit from a STANDING timeafter cooking on an Auto Program, to allowheat to continue conducting to the centre.

5. To allow for some variations that occur infood, check that food is thoroughly cookedand piping hot before serving.

6. ALWAYS weigh the chicken for the wholechicken Auto program. DO NOT rely on thepacket weight.

Guidelines for Use

Minimum/Maximum Weights to use onAuto Weight Programs

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 59

Hvornår er mad genopvarmet?Madvarer, der er blevet genopvarmet eller kogt, bør serveres “rygende varm”, dvs. damp bør synligt udsendes fra alle dele af maden. Så længe god hygiejne er blevet fulgt i forbindelse med tilberedning og opbevaring af mad, udgør tilberedning eller opvarmning ingen sikkerhedsrisiko.

Madvarer, som ikke kan omrøres, bør skæres med en kniv for at teste, at de er tilstrækkeligt opvarmet hele vejen igennem. Selv hvis en producents anvisninger eller ti-der i en opskrift er blevet fulgt, er det stadig vigtigt at tjekke, at maden helt opvarmet.Hvis du er i tvivl, så sæt den altid tilbage i ovnen til yderligere genopvarmning.

Hvis du ikke kan finde de tilsvarende mad-varer i tabellerne, så vælg en lignende type og størrelse og juster tilberedningstiden hvis det er nødvendigt.

64

Tilberedning og genopvarmning retningslinjerFærdigretterGenopvarmningstider afhænger af måltidets størrelse indhold. Kompakte ting som kar-toffelmos bør spredes godt ud. Hvis der er meget sauce, kan ekstra tid være påkrævet. Placer de mest kompakte ting langs ydersi-den af fadet. Fra 7 – 8 minutter på Medium effekt vil genopvarme en gennemsnitlig portion.

DåsemadFjern madvarerne fra dåsen og placer dem i et egnet fad før opvarmning.

SupperBrug en skål og omrør før opvarmning og mindst én gang under opvarmningen og igen ved slutningen.

GryderetterOmrør halvvejs igennem og igen ved slut-ningen af opvarmningen.

KødtærterHUSK at selv om brødet er koldt at røre ved, vil fyldet være rygende varmt og kunne varme brødet igennem. Pas på med at overophede. Ellers kan der gå ild i madvarerne på grund af fyldets høje fedt- og sukkerindhold. Tjek temperaturen af fyldet, før du spiser det, så du undgår at brænde munden.

Engelsk Christmas Pudding og væskerVær yderst forsigtig ved genopvarmning af disse emner. Se side 70.

Efterlad ikke uden opsyn.

Tilsæt ikke ekstra spiritus.

Sutteflasker - Advarsel

Mælk eller pulver skal rystes grundigt før opvarmning og igen ved slutningen. Tjek temperaturen omhyggeligt, før madning af en baby. Se side 65 for detaljer.

VI ANBEFALER IKKE, AT DU BRUGER EN MIKROBØLGEOVN TIL AT STERILISERE SUTTEFLASKER. Hvis du har en særlig mikrobølge sterilisator bør du være yderst forsigtig på grund af den lille mængde vand. Det er meget vigtigt at følge producentens anvisninger.

65

BA

BIE

S B

OTT

LES

– C

AU

TIO

NA

fter h

eatin

g by

Mic

row

ave

liqui

d at

the

top

of a

bot

tle w

ill b

e m

uch

hotte

r tha

n at

the

botto

m o

f the

bot

tle a

nd m

ust b

e sh

aken

thor

ough

lybe

fore

che

ckin

g th

e te

mpe

ratu

re. W

hen

test

ing

the

tem

pera

ture

of t

he m

ilk, s

quirt

a li

ttle

onto

you

r inn

er w

rist.

The

milk

dro

plet

s on

you

r ski

nsh

ould

feel

war

m, n

ot h

ot.

For 2

50m

l of m

ilk fr

om fr

idge

tem

pera

ture

, rem

ove

top

and

teat

. Hea

t on

HIG

H P

ower

for 3

0 se

cs. C

HEC

K C

AR

EFU

LLY

For 1

00m

l of m

ilk fr

om fr

idge

tem

pera

ture

, rem

ove

top

and

teat

. Hea

t on

HIG

H P

ower

for 1

0-15

sec

s. C

HEC

K C

AR

EFU

LLY

Food

Wei

ght /

Qua

ntity

Pow

er L

evel

Tim

eIn

stru

ctio

ns/ G

uide

lines

Cro

issa

nts

/ Brio

che

1H

IGH

Mic

ro15

-20

secs

Plac

e on

gla

ss d

ish

on b

ase.

Do

not c

over

.

4H

IGH

Mic

ro30

-40

secs

Plac

e on

gla

ss d

ish

on b

ase.

Do

not c

over

.

any

200°

C2-

3 m

ins

Preh

eat o

ven

with

ena

mel

she

lf in

low

er p

ositi

on.

CA

NN

ED P

AST

A

Rav

ioli

400g

HIG

HM

icro

3 - 3

½ m

ins

Plac

e in

a h

eatp

roof

bow

l and

cov

er. P

lace

on

base

and

stir

halfw

ay.

Mac

aron

i Che

ese

400g

HIG

HM

icro

3 m

ins

Plac

e in

a h

eatp

roof

bow

l and

cov

er. P

lace

on

base

and

stir

halfw

ay.

Spag

hetti

400g

HIG

HM

icro

3 m

ins

Plac

e in

a h

eatp

roof

bow

l and

cov

er. P

lace

on

base

and

stir

halfw

ay.

POIN

TS F

OR

CH

ECK

ING

Alw

ays

chec

k th

at fo

od is

pip

ing

hot a

fter r

ehea

ting

in th

e m

icro

wav

e. F

oods

rehe

ated

on

mic

row

ave

only

will

requ

ire a

sta

nd ti

me,

esp

ecia

lly if

they

can

not

be s

tirre

d. T

he d

ense

r the

food

the

long

er th

e st

and

time.

65

1000

W

E

The

times

giv

en in

the

char

ts b

elow

are

a g

uide

line

only

, and

will

var

y de

pend

ing

on S

TAR

TIN

G te

mpe

ratu

re, d

ish

size

and

qua

ntity

.Pa

stry

or B

read

item

s re

heat

ed b

y m

icro

wav

e w

ill b

e so

ft no

t cris

p.

HEA

TIN

G C

ATEG

ORY

Your

ove

n is

Hea

ting

Cat

egor

y E

and

this

is d

ispl

ayed

on

the

front

of y

our

oven

doo

r. Th

e in

form

atio

n on

this

labe

l will

assi

st y

ou in

usi

ng n

ewin

stru

ctio

ns o

n fo

od p

acks

to e

nabl

e yo

u to

pro

gram

the

best

hea

ting

time

in y

our o

ven.

The

IEC

(607

05)

pow

er o

utpu

t (w

atts

)

The

heat

ing

cate

gory

for

smal

l pac

ks o

f foo

dM

icro

wav

e sy

mbo

l

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:19 Page 65

De

ang

ivne

tid

er i

tab

elle

rne

heru

nder

er

kun

vejle

den

de

og

vil

vari

ere

afhæ

ngig

t af

sta

rtte

mp

erat

ur, f

adst

ørr

else

og

ngd

e.

Bag

værk

elle

r b

rød

, so

m g

eno

pva

rmes

ved

mik

rob

ølg

e, v

il væ

re b

lød

t –

ikke

sp

rød

t.

OP

VAR

MN

ING

SK

AT

EG

OR

I O

vnen

tilh

ører

op

varm

ning

skat

egor

i E, o

g d

ette

vis

es p

å fo

rsid

en a

f ovn

låge

n.

Info

rmat

ione

n p

å d

enne

lab

el v

il hj

ælp

e d

ig m

ed a

t b

ruge

nye

anv

isni

nger

mad

vare

r, så

du

kan

pro

gram

mer

e d

en b

edst

e op

varm

ning

stid

i d

in o

vn.

Mik

rob

ølge

sym

bol

IEC

(607

05)

mik

rob

ølge

effe

kt (W

)

Op

varm

ning

skat

egor

i fo

r sm

å p

ortio

ner

mad

1.00

0 W

SU

TT

EFL

AS

KE

R –

AD

VAR

SE

L E

fter

op

varm

ning

ved

mik

rob

ølg

e vi

l væ

ske

i to

pp

en a

f en

flas

ke v

ære

meg

et v

arm

ere

end

i b

und

en, o

g s

kal r

yste

s g

rund

igt

før

kont

rol a

f te

mp

erat

uren

. Når

du

test

er m

ælk

ens

tem

per

atur

, så

sprø

jt li

dt

ind

ersi

den

af

dit

hån

dle

d. M

ælk

edrå

ber

ne p

å d

in h

ud

r fø

les

lune

, ikk

e va

rme.

T

il 25

0 m

l mæ

lk f

ra k

øle

skab

stem

per

atur

, fje

rn t

op

og

sut

. Var

m p

å H

igh

effe

kt i

30 s

ek. K

ON

TR

OLL

ER

OM

HY

GG

ELI

GT

Til

100

ml m

ælk

fra

lesk

abst

emp

erat

ur, f

jern

to

p o

g s

ut. V

arm

Hig

h ef

fekt

i 10

– 1

5 se

k. K

ON

TR

OLL

ER

OM

HY

GG

ELI

GT

Mad

Væg

t/M

æng

de

Eff

ektn

ivea

uT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

Cro

issa

nter

/Brio

che

1H

igh

Mik

ro15

– 2

0 se

k.P

lace

r p

å gl

asfa

d p

å b

und

en. T

ildæ

k ik

ke.

4H

igh

Mik

ro30

– 4

0 se

k.P

lace

r p

å gl

asfa

d p

å b

und

en. T

ildæ

k ik

ke.

Eth

vert

ant

al20

0 °C

2 –

3 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en m

ed e

mal

jep

lad

en i

ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

PAS

TA P

Å D

ÅS

E

Rav

ioli

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

– 3½

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast

skål

og

tild

æk.

Pla

cer

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Mak

aron

i ost

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast

skål

og

tild

æk.

Pla

cer

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Sp

aghe

tti

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast

skål

og

tild

æk.

Pla

cer

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

VIG

TIG

TK

ontr

olle

r al

tid, a

t m

aden

er

ryge

nde

varm

eft

er g

enop

varm

ning

i m

ikro

bøl

geov

n. M

adva

rer,

som

gen

opva

rmes

mik

rob

ølge

ale

ne, k

ræve

r lid

t hv

iletid

, isæ

r hv

is d

e ik

ke k

an o

mrø

res.

Jo

mer

e ko

mp

akte

mad

vare

r, d

esto

læng

ere

hvile

tid.

66

GenopvarmningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

ngd

eE

ffek

tniv

eau

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

BU

DD

ING

SE

Ris

bud

din

g15

0 g

425

gH

igh

Mik

ro

Hig

h M

ikro

1 m

inut

2

– 2½

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

. P

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Siru

psb

udd

ing

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

3 m

inut

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t sk

ål p

å b

und

en.

Vani

llecr

eme

250

g 50

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

H

igh

Mik

ro1½

min

ut

3 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

SU

PP

E P

Å D

ÅS

E

Pul

ver

295

gH

igh

Mik

ro4

– 5

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast

skål

og

rør

ud i

en d

åse

vand

. Ti

ldæ

k, p

lace

r p

å b

und

en o

g om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Alm

ind

elig

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro2½

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Luks

us/

Grø

ntsa

g/

Bou

illon

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Flød

e30

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

2½ m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

KO

LDE

SU

PP

ER

1 p

ortio

n25

0 m

lH

igh

Mik

ro2

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

2 p

ortio

ner

500

ml

Hig

h M

ikro

4 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

GR

ØN

TS

AG

ER

SE

Bag

te b

ønne

r B

agte

bøn

ner

400

g20

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

H

igh

Mik

ro2½

min

utte

r 1

– 1½

min

utP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

. P

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

67

Genopvarmningstabeller

Mad

Vægt

/Mæ

ngde

Eff

ektn

ivea

uT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

Bag

te b

ønne

r m

ed p

ølse

r20

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

2 –

2½ m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Bøn

ner

300

gH

igh

Mik

ro2

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

But

terb

eans

200

gH

igh

Mik

ro1½

min

utP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Gul

erød

der

, sk

iver

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

3 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Grø

nne

bøn

ner

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

3 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Cha

mp

igno

ns30

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Ært

er, m

osed

e40

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

3 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Ært

er, fi

ne20

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

1½ m

inut

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Ært

er, h

ave

300

gH

igh

Mik

ro2

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Ært

er, t

ørre

de

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

3 –

3½ m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Suk

kerm

ajs

200

g 33

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro

Med

ium

Mik

ro2

– 2½

min

utte

r 2½

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

. P

lace

r i e

n va

rmef

ast s

kål o

g til

dæk.

Pla

cer

på b

unde

n og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Tom

ater

400

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

5 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i en

varm

efas

t skå

l og

tildæ

k. P

lace

r på

bun

den

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

FÆR

DIG

RE

T –

ST

UE

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

Lille

, bør

nep

ortio

n1

Med

ium

Mik

ro5

– 6

min

utte

rTi

ldæ

k og

pla

cer

bun

den

.

Sto

r, vo

ksen

porti

on1

Med

ium

Mik

ro7

– 8

min

utte

rTi

ldæ

k og

pla

cer

på b

unde

n.

DR

IKK

EVA

RE

R

1 kr

us k

old

lk25

0 m

lH

igh

Mik

ro1½

– 2

min

utte

r P

lace

r i e

t var

mef

ast k

rus

på b

unde

n. O

mrø

r hal

vvej

s og

efte

r gen

opva

rmni

ng.

1 kr

us k

old

lk50

0 m

lH

igh

Mik

ro4

– 5

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

t var

mef

ast k

rus

på b

unde

n. O

mrø

r hal

vvej

s og

efte

r gen

opva

rmni

ng.

1 kr

us k

old

kaf

fe25

0 m

lH

igh

Mik

ro1½

min

utP

lace

r i e

t var

mef

ast k

rus

på b

unde

n. O

mrø

r hal

vvej

s og

efte

r gen

opva

rmni

ng.

1 kr

us k

old

lke-

ka

ffe25

0 m

lH

igh

Mik

ro1

min

ut 1

0 se

k.P

lace

r i e

t var

mef

ast k

rus

på b

unde

n. O

mrø

r hal

vvej

s og

efte

r gen

opva

rmni

ng.

68

GenopvarmningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Eff

ektn

ivea

uT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

KR

YD

RE

T B

AG

VÆR

K –

RD

IGR

ET

TE

R

BA

GVÆ

RK

, SO

M G

EN

OP

VAR

ME

S V

ED

MIK

RO

LGE

, VIL

EN

BLØ

D B

UN

D.

Pos

teje

r/S

lices

150/

165

g 16

5 g

225

g

Hig

h M

ikro

23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ W

arm

Mik

ro

230

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

1 m

inut

– 1

m

inut

10

sek.

10

min

utte

r 10

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å b

und

en.

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Kød

tært

er

150

g

150

g

150

g x

2

250

g

600

g

Hig

h M

ikro

230

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

230

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

180

°C +

Gril

l 3 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

180

°C +

Gril

l 3 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

1 m

inut

– 1

min

ut

10 s

ek.

8 –

10 m

inut

ter

12 m

inut

ter

15 –

18

min

utte

r

18 –

20

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

på e

t gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

posi

tion.

Pla

cer

i en

folie

bakk

e på

ant

i-gn

ist r

inge

n på

ris

ten

i ne

ders

te p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

i fol

ieba

kker

(sør

g fo

r ba

kker

ne ik

ke rø

rer

hina

nden

) på

ant

i-gn

ist r

inge

n på

ris

ten

i ned

erst

e po

sitio

n.

Pla

cer

i en

folie

bakk

e på

ant

i-gn

ist r

inge

n på

ris

ten

i ne

ders

te p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

i en

folie

bakk

e på

ant

i-gn

ist r

inge

n på

ris

ten

i ne

ders

te p

ositi

on.

Qui

che

175

g

400

g

220

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

220

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

10 m

inut

ter

12 –

15

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

i en

folie

bak

ke p

å an

ti-gn

ist

ringe

n p

å ris

ten

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r i e

n fo

lieb

akke

anti-

gnis

t rin

gen

riste

n i

ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pøl

seru

ller

x 1

Pøl

seru

ller,

små

x 6

150

g

200

g

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ W

arm

Mik

ro23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ W

arm

Mik

ro

1 m

inut

30

sek.

8 m

inut

ter

8 –

9 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

på e

t gla

sfad

bund

en.

Pla

cer

på e

t gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

posi

tion.

P

lace

r på

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e po

sitio

n.

69

Genopvarmningstabeller

Mad

Væg

t/

ngd

eT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

BU

DD

ING

ER

OG

DE

SS

ER

TE

R, S

OM

KU

N S

KA

L T

ILB

ER

ED

ES

VE

D M

IKR

OB

ØLG

E: O

VE

RFØ

R M

AD

EN

FR

A F

OLI

EB

AK

KE

N T

IL E

T

VAR

ME

FAS

T F

AD

I E

N P

AS

SE

ND

E S

RR

ELS

E.

EN

FO

LIE

BA

KK

E K

AN

DO

G B

RU

GE

S I

KO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ED

MIK

RO

LGE

, HV

IS A

NT

I-G

NIS

T R

ING

EN

AN

VE

ND

ES

.

Brø

d-

og s

mør

bud

-d

ing

395

g25

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ W

arm

Mik

ro15

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Vani

llecr

eme

500

gH

igh

Mik

ro4

– 5

min

utte

rP

lace

r i e

t sto

rt b

æge

r. Ti

ldæ

k, p

lace

r på

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Kol

d r

isb

udd

ing

150

g 50

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

22

0 °C

+ V

arm

Mik

ro1

– 1½

min

ut

15 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

bun

den

. P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Frui

t C

rum

ble

600

g23

0 °C

+ V

arm

Mik

ro16

– 1

8 m

i-nu

tter

Pla

cer

på r

iste

n i n

eder

ste

posi

tion.

Frug

ttæ

rte

– st

or –

Sty

kke

x 1

700

g 22

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

15 m

inut

ter

15 –

20

sek.

Pla

cer

i en

folie

bak

ke p

å an

ti-gn

ist

ringe

n p

å ris

ten

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

bun

den

.

Kød

tært

er x

2H

igh

Mik

ro20

– 3

0 se

k.P

lace

r p

å et

mik

rob

ølge

sikk

ert

fad

bun

den

.

Pan

dek

ager

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

2 m

inut

ter

Prik

hul

ler

i em

bal

lage

n og

pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å b

und

en.

Siru

psbu

ddin

g –

stor

Sty

kke

x 1

300

g 12

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro

Med

ium

Mik

ro3

– 4

min

utte

r 50

– 6

0 se

k.P

rik h

ulle

r i l

åget

og

pla

cer

bun

den

. P

rik h

ulle

r i l

åget

og

pla

cer

bun

den

.

70

GenopvarmningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

EN

GE

LSK

CH

RIS

TM

AS

PU

DD

ING

: Må

ald

rig

eft

erla

des

ud

en o

psy

n, d

a d

er v

ed o

vero

phe

dni

ng k

an g

å ild

i d

en. G

eno

pva

rmni

ng m

ed

dam

p o

g m

ikro

lge

vil g

ive

et s

afti

ger

e re

sult

at.

Lille

/Slic

e10

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro1½

min

ut

Prik

hul

ler

i fol

ielå

get

og p

lace

r p

å b

und

en.

Med

ium

227

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

elle

r H

igh

Mik

ro1½

– 2

min

utte

rP

rik h

ulle

r i f

olie

låge

t og

plac

er p

å bu

nden

.

Sto

r45

4 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro e

ller

Hig

h M

ikro

5 m

inut

ter

3 m

inut

ter

Prik

hul

ler

i fol

ielå

get

og p

lace

r p

å b

und

en.

Prik

hul

ler

i fol

ielå

get

og p

lace

r p

å b

und

en.

FÆR

DIG

RE

TT

ER

– k

old

e. O

verf

ør

mad

en f

ra f

olie

bak

ken

til e

t va

rmef

ast

fad

i en

pas

send

e st

ørr

else

. Mad

med

lavt

fed

tind

hold

bru

nes

kun

en s

mul

e ve

d b

rug

af

Ko

mb

inat

ion.

Gra

tiner

et b

lom

kål

350

g22

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

11 –

12

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Cot

tage

/She

phe

rd’s

P

ie

500

g

1,2

kg

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r 23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

7 –

8 m

inut

ter

15 m

inut

ter

20 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

bun

den

. P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Ind

bag

t fis

k/

grøn

tsag

er

450

g

950

g

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r 23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ L

ow M

ikro

7 m

inut

ter

14 m

inut

ter

16 –

18

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

bun

den

. P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Oni

on B

hajis

/ S

amos

a30

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

War

m M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Vend

hal

vvej

s.

Lasa

gne

400

g

550

g 95

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r 22

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

22

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

6 m

inut

ter

12 m

inut

ter

14 –

15

min

utte

r 18

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

bun

den

. P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Mak

aron

i ost

400

g 1,

2 kg

220

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

230

°C +

Gril

l 3 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro10

min

utte

r 18

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

71

Genopvarmningstabeller

Mad

Væg

t/

ngd

eT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

FÆR

DIG

RE

TT

ER

– k

old

e.O

verf

ør

mad

en f

ra f

olie

bak

ken

til e

t va

rmef

ast

fad

i en

pas

send

e st

ørr

else

. Mad

med

lavt

fed

tind

hold

bru

nes

kun

en s

mul

e ve

d b

rug

af

Ko

mb

inat

ion.

Kar

toffe

lmos

450

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 –

7 m

inut

ter

Prik

hul

ler

i låg

et o

g p

lace

r p

å b

und

en. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Gul

erod

smos

500

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 –

7 m

inut

ter

Prik

hul

ler

i låg

et o

g p

lace

r p

å b

und

en. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Forå

rsru

ller

x 6

130

g25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ W

arm

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

FÆR

DIG

RE

TT

ER

– f

rosn

e.O

verf

ør

mad

en f

ra f

olie

bak

ken

til e

t va

rmef

ast

fad

i en

pas

send

e st

ørr

else

. Fje

rn t

ildæ

knin

g o

g lå

g.

Gra

tiner

et b

lom

kål

400

g22

0 °C

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

20 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Cot

tage

/Fis

h/S

hep

herd

’s P

ie45

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r 23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ L

ow M

ikro

20 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Lasa

gne/

Can

nello

ni

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro e

ller

230

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

Low

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

20 –

22

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å b

und

en.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Mak

aron

i ost

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro e

ller

220

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

18 –

20

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å b

und

en.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

QU

OR

Bur

gere

200

g (4

) M

ediu

m M

ikro

4 –

5 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad.

Sch

nitz

ler

240

g22

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

8 –

10 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

72

TilberedningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

BR

ØD

Forb

agte

rund

styk

ker

300

g (6

) 25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ V

arm

Mik

ro10

min

utte

r P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Forb

agte

hvi

dlø

gs-

brø

d/C

iab

atta

210

g25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ V

arm

Mik

ro9

– 10

min

utte

r P

lace

r på

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e po

sitio

n.

Gar

lic D

ough

balls

x 1

619

5 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Var

m M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

BA

CO

N O

G S

VIN

EK

ØD

– f

ra r

å ti

lsta

nd –

AD

VAR

SE

L: V

arm

t fe

dt!

r fo

rsig

tig

, når

du

tag

er f

ade

og

tilb

ehø

r ud

af

ovn

en.

Bac

on, t

ynd

e sk

iver

228

g (8

)H

igh

Mik

ro e

ller

Gril

l 1

4 –

6 m

inut

ter

elle

r 50

sek

. pr.

skiv

e 10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

mik

rob

ølge

sikk

er h

old

er e

ller

fad

bun

den

og

tild

æk

med

køk

kenr

ulle

for

at m

inim

ere

sprø

jt. P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

de

i øve

rste

pos

ition

.

Ski

nke-

stea

ks x

250

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

– 10

min

utte

r P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

og

tild

æk

med

per

fore

ret

pla

stfo

lie.

Flæ

skes

teg

250

°C e

fter

fulg

t af

190

°C

30 m

inut

ter d

er-

efte

r 40

min

utte

r pr

. 500

g

Forv

arm

ovn

en m

ed r

iste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. Pla

cer

steg

en i

en b

rad

epan

de.

Lad

hvi

le i

10 m

inut

ter

efte

r til

ber

edni

ng o

g fø

r ud

skæ

ring.

Svi

neka

m50

0 g

(3)

Gril

l 120

– 2

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

e i ø

vers

te p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s.

Ski

nkes

teg

750

g18

0 °C

30 m

inut

ter

pr.

500

g p

lus

30

min

utte

r ek

stra

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r st

egen

i en

bra

dep

and

e, t

ildæ

k m

ed fo

lie o

g p

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. F

jern

fo

lie 1

0 m

inut

ter

før

slut

ning

en. L

ad h

vile

i 10

min

utte

r ef

ter

tilb

ered

ning

og

før

udsk

ærin

g.

NN

ER

OG

LGFR

UG

TE

R –

r lig

ge

i blø

d i

kold

t va

nd n

atte

n o

ver

(ko

gen

de

vand

til

gul

e æ

rter

), un

dta

gen

lins

er, s

om

ikke

be-

høve

r at

lig

ge

i blø

d.

Sor

tøje

de

bøn

ner

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro d

eref

ter S

imm

er M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

der

-ef

ter

40 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 60

0 m

l kog

end

e va

nd i

en s

tor

skål

. Tild

æk.

Kik

ært

er25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r Sim

mer

Mik

ro10

min

utte

r d

er-

efte

r 40

min

utte

rB

rug

600

ml k

ogen

de

vand

i en

sto

r sk

ål. T

ildæ

k.

Grø

nne

bøn

ner

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro d

eref

ter S

imm

er M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

der

-ef

ter

40 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 60

0 m

l kog

end

e va

nd i

en s

tor

skål

. Tild

æk.

73

Tilberedningstabeller

Mad

Vægt

/ M

æng

deT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

NN

ER

OG

LGFR

UG

TE

R –

r lig

ge

i blø

d i

kold

t va

nd n

atte

n o

ver

(ko

gen

de

vand

til

gul

e æ

rter

), un

dta

gen

lins

er, s

om

ikke

be-

høve

r at

lig

ge

i blø

d.

Lins

er25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

12 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 60

0 m

l kog

end

e va

nd i

en s

tor

skål

. Tild

æk.

Tørr

ede

grøn

ne

ært

er25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r Sim

mer

Mik

ro3

min

utte

r der

efte

r 40

min

utte

rB

rug

600

ml k

ogen

de v

and

i en

stor

skå

l. Ti

ldæ

k.

Rød

e ki

dney

bønn

er25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r Sim

mer

Mik

ro15

min

utte

r de

reft

er

40 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 60

0 m

l kog

ende

van

d i e

n st

or s

kål.

Tild

æk.

Ska

l kog

e i m

inds

t 12

min

utte

r fo

r at

ned

bryd

e gi

ftig

e en

zym

er.

Gul

e æ

rter

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro d

eref

ter S

imm

er M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

der

efte

r 30

min

utte

rB

rug

600

ml k

ogen

de

vand

i en

sto

r sk

ål. T

ildæ

k.

Bøn

nem

ix25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r Sim

mer

Mik

ro12

min

utte

r d

eref

ter

50 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 60

0 m

l kog

ende

van

d i e

n st

or s

kål.

Tild

æk.

Ska

l kog

e i m

inds

t 12

min

utte

r fo

r at

ned

bryd

e gi

ftig

e en

zym

er.

OK

SE

D –

AD

VAR

SE

L: V

arm

t fe

dt!

r fo

rsig

tig

, når

du

tag

er f

ade

og

tilb

ehø

r ud

af

ovn

en.

Anb

efal

ede

tem

per

atur

er: R

ød

t 60

°C

; Med

ium

70

°C; G

enne

mst

egt

80 °

C.

Bur

gere

(fer

ske)

225

g (2

) H

igh

Mik

ro e

ller

Gril

l 13

– 4

min

utte

r

10 –

12

min

utte

r P

lace

r p

å m

ikro

bøl

gesi

kker

hol

der

elle

r fa

d p

å b

und

en.

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

e i ø

vers

te p

ositi

on.

Bur

gere

(fro

sne,

rå)

240

g (2

) G

rill 1

15 –

16

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

de

i øve

rste

pos

ition

.

Ste

g25

0 °C

eft

erfu

lgt

af 1

80 °

C

20 m

inut

ter/

450

g R

ød: 2

0 m

in.

Med

ium

: 40

min

. G

enne

mst

egt:

50

– 6

0 m

in.

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r st

egen

i en

bra

depa

nde

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s.

Hak

ket

kød

Hig

h d

eref

ter

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

r der

efte

r 15

min

utte

r/45

0 g

Pla

cer

mik

rob

ølge

sikk

ert

fad

med

fond

og

kryd

der

ier.

Tild

æk

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Ind

erlå

r/Fi

let

400

g G

rill 1

Med

ium

: 12

min

. G

enne

mst

egt:

16

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

de

i øve

rste

pos

ition

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

74

TilberedningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

OK

SE

D –

AD

VAR

SE

L: V

arm

t fe

dt!

r fo

rsig

tig

, når

du

tag

er f

ade

og

tilb

ehø

r ud

af

ovn

en.

Gul

lasc

h45

0 –

676

g

Hig

h de

refte

r Sim

mer

Mik

ro

elle

r 16

0 °C

+ W

arm

Mik

ro

10 m

inut

ter

der

-ef

ter

60 m

inut

ter

10 m

inut

ter

der

-ef

ter

60 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

mik

rob

ølge

sikk

ert

fad

. Tils

æt

fond

og

grøn

tsa-

ger.

Tild

æk,

pla

cer

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Pla

cer

i en

gryd

e m

ed lå

g. T

ilsæ

t fo

nd o

g gr

ønts

ager

. Ti

ldæ

k, p

lace

r p

å b

und

en o

g om

rør

halv

vejs

.

KY

LLIN

G –

fra

tils

tand

– A

DVA

RS

EL:

Var

mt

fed

t! V

ær

fors

igti

g, n

år d

u ta

ger

fad

e o

g t

ilbeh

ør

ud a

f o

vnen

.

Bry

st, u

den

ben

og

skin

d

200

g 50

0 g

500

g

Med

ium

Mik

ro

Med

ium

Mik

ro

250

°C +

Gril

l 1

6 –

7 m

inut

ter

12 m

inut

ter

16 –

17

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad. T

ildæ

k.

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad. T

ildæ

k.

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

.

Pan

eret

kyl

linge

-b

ryst

350

g24

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ W

arm

Mik

ro16

– 1

7 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Kyl

linge

over

lår

1,0

kgM

ediu

m M

ikro

elle

r 25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

15 m

inut

ter

25 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å b

und

en a

f ovn

en. T

ildæ

k.

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

e i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

Kyl

linge

lår

600

g (5

)

Med

ium

Mik

ro e

ller

Gril

l 1 e

ller

250

°C +

Gril

l 1

12 m

inut

ter

25 m

inut

ter

15 –

20

min

utte

r

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å b

und

en a

f ovn

en.

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

e i ø

vers

te p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s.

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

de

i øve

rste

pos

ition

. Ve

nd h

alvv

ejs.

Kyl

ling

Kie

v (fe

rsk)

285

g (2

)23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

11 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Hel

kyl

ling/

Kyl

linge

b

ryst

steg

Med

ium

Mik

ro e

ller

190

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

8 m

inut

ter

pr.

450

g 12

– 1

3 m

inut

ter

pr.

450

g

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å b

und

en a

f ovn

en. T

ildæ

k.

Pla

cer

med

bry

stsi

den

ned

ad p

å en

om

vend

t un

der

kop

p

å et

gla

sfad

bun

den

af o

vnen

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

75

Tilberedningstabeller

Mad

Vægt

/ M

æng

deT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

ÆG

– p

och

ered

e.

1 æ

g 2

æg

4 æ

g

45 m

l van

d

90 m

l van

d

180

ml v

and

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

rM

ediu

m M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r M

ediu

m M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

der

efte

r M

ediu

m M

ikro

1 m

inut

10

sek.

50

sek

.

1 m

inut

40

sek.

1 m

inut

30

sek.

3 m

inut

ter

3 m

inut

ter

30 s

ek.

- H

æld

van

det

i en

flad

skå

l og

opva

rm t

il 1.

kog

etid

.-

Tils

æt

æg

(stø

rrel

se 3

elle

r M

).-

Prik

hul

i b

lom

me

og h

vid

e.-

Op

varm

til

2. k

oget

id.

- La

d h

vile

i 1

min

ut.

G –

Bru

g e

n m

ikro

lges

ikke

r sk

ål.

1 æ

g

2 æ

g

4 æ

g

Hig

h M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

30 s

ek.

30 s

ek.

1 m

inut

30

sek

. 1

min

ut 3

0 se

k.

1 m

inut

- Ti

lsæ

t 1

spsk

. mæ

lk fo

r hv

ert

æg.

- P

isk

æg,

lk o

g en

kla

t sm

ør s

amm

en.

- Ti

lber

ed fo

r 1.

kog

etid

og

omrø

r.-

Tilb

ered

for

2. k

oget

id, o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js o

g la

d h

vile

i 1

min

ut.

FIS

K –

FE

RS

K fr

a rå

tils

tand

.

Let

pan

ered

e fil

eter

280

g23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ W

arm

Mik

ro15

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Pan

ered

e fil

eter

350

g (2

)23

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ W

arm

Mik

ro15

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Ind

bag

t fis

k20

0 g

(2)

230

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

War

m M

ikro

10 –

12

min

utte

r P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Cal

amar

i25

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

War

m M

ikro

8 –

10 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

ha

lvve

js.

File

ter

300

g 70

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro

Med

ium

Mik

ro4

– 5

min

utte

r 10

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

.

Sca

mp

i30

0 g

230

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

War

m M

ikro

10 –

12

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

76

TilberedningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

FIS

K –

FE

RS

K f

ra r

å ti

lsta

nd.

Fisk

ebøf

fer

300

g (x

2)

190

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro12

– 1

5 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Hel

x 1

Hel

x 2

225

– 30

0 g

40

0 –

500

g

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r

180

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro

4 –

5 m

inut

ter

10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad o

g p

rik h

ulle

r i s

kind

et. T

ilsæ

t 30

ml v

æsk

e. T

ildæ

k.

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

FIS

K –

FR

OS

SE

N f

ra r

å ti

lsta

nd.

Pan

ered

e fil

eter

350

g (2

)23

0 °C

+ G

rill 2

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

15

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. Ve

nd h

alvv

ejs.

Ind

bag

t fis

k20

0 g

(2)

250

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

War

m M

ikro

15

– 1

6 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Vend

hal

vvej

s.

Fisk

efing

re12

5 g

(4)

250

g (8

)25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

8 –

10

10 –

12

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

File

ter

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 –

8 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad o

g til

k m

ed p

last

folie

.

Sca

mp

i30

0 g

230

°C +

Gril

l 2 +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Fisk

i ko

gep

ose

150

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

pos

en m

ed s

auce

sid

en n

edad

et g

lasf

ad.

Prik

hul

ler

i ove

rsid

en. R

yst

pos

en h

alvv

ejs.

FRU

GT

– S

kræ

l, ud

skæ

r, ha

k i o

mtr

ent

lige

sto

re s

tykk

er. P

lace

r i e

n fl

ad v

arm

efas

t sk

ål p

å b

und

en.

Bag

t æ

ble

– u

dke

rnet

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

5 –

6½ m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

i et

glas

fad

bun

den

.

Æb

ler

– ko

gte

500

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

10 –

11

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 15

ml (

1 sp

sk.)

vand

. Tild

æk.

Ab

rikos

er –

kog

te30

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro5

– 6

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 15

ml (

1 sp

sk.)

vand

. Tild

æk.

rer

– ko

gte

500

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

10 –

12

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 15

ml (

1 sp

sk.)

vand

. Tild

æk.

Blo

mm

er –

poc

here

de

400

gH

igh

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

0 m

l van

d. F

yld

kun

skå

len

halv

t. T

ildæ

k.

Blo

mm

er –

kog

te40

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro7

– 8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 15

ml (

1 sp

sk.)

vand

. Tild

æk.

Rab

arb

er –

kog

te45

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro6

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 15

ml (

1 sp

sk.)

vand

. Tild

æk.

77

Tilberedningstabeller

Mad

Væg

t/

ngd

eT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

VIL

DT

– A

DVA

RS

EL:

Var

mt

fed

t! V

ær

fors

igti

g, n

år d

u ta

ger

fad

e o

g t

ilbeh

ør

ud a

f o

vnen

.

And

ebry

st fi

lete

r36

0 g

200

°C30

– 4

0 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

rik h

ulle

r i s

kind

et o

g p

lace

r i e

n b

rad

epan

de

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

And

, hel

190

°C30

min

utte

r p

r. 45

0 g

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

rik h

ulle

r i s

kind

et o

g p

lace

r i e

n b

rad

epan

de

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Sp

rød

and

geno

pva

rmni

ng50

0 g

250

°C20

min

utte

rFo

rvar

m o

vnen

og

pla

cer

and

en p

å em

alje

pla

den

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

.

Fasa

n, h

el18

0 °C

20 –

25

min

utte

r p

r. 45

0 g

plu

s 20

min

utte

rFo

rvar

m o

vnen

. Pla

cer

fasa

nen

i en

bra

dep

and

e p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

LAM

– f

ra r

å ti

lsta

nd –

AD

VAR

SE

L: V

arm

t fe

dt!

r fo

rsig

tig

, når

du

tag

er f

ade

og

tilb

ehø

r ud

af

ovn

en.

Ste

g18

0 °C

Med

ium

: 25

min

utte

r p

r. 45

0 g

plu

s 25

min

utte

r el

ler

Gen

nem

steg

t: 3

0 m

inut

ter

pr.

450

g p

lus

30 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r st

egen

i en

bra

dep

and

e p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s. E

fter

til

ber

edni

ngen

bør

ste

gen

hvile

i 10

min

utte

r. D

ette

vi

l gør

e d

en n

emm

ere

at u

dsk

ære

.

Køl

le/S

teak

s60

0 g

(4)

Gril

l 1M

ediu

m: 1

9 –

20 m

inut

ter

Gen

nem

steg

t: 2

2 –

25 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

en i

øver

ste

pos

ition

. Ven

d

halv

vejs

.

Kot

elet

ter

400

g (4

)G

rill 1

Med

ium

: 12

– 14

min

utte

rG

enne

mst

egt:

16

– 18

min

utte

r P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i øv

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

ha

lvve

js.

Gry

der

et/S

tuvn

ing

160

°C +

W

arm

Mik

ro1

time

20 –

30

min

utte

rP

lace

r i g

ryd

e, t

ilsæ

t fo

nd o

g gr

ønts

ager

. Tild

æk

med

låg

og p

lace

r p

å b

und

en. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

PAS

TA. B

rug

en

sto

r 3

l skå

l.

Fusi

li/M

akar

oni/P

enne

200

gH

igh

Mik

ro12

min

utte

rB

rug

550

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tils

æt

15 m

l olie

. Ti

ldæ

k. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Lasa

gne

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rB

rug

550

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tils

æt

15 m

l olie

. Ti

ldæ

k. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Ling

uine

/Tag

liate

lle25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

10 –

12

min

utte

rB

rug

700

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tils

æt

15 m

l olie

. Ti

ldæ

k. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

78

TilberedningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

PAS

TA. B

rug

en

sto

r 3

l skå

l.

Sp

aghe

tti

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro8

– 10

min

utte

rB

rug

700

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tils

æt

15 m

l ol

ie. T

ildæ

k. O

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Dam

pko

gt p

asta

150

gH

igh

Mik

ro1½

min

utP

lace

r p

å en

gla

spla

de

bun

den

.

PIZ

ZA

– F

RIS

K k

old

– N

B: F

jern

al i

ndp

akni

ng. P

izza

er f

år e

n b

lød

bun

d, h

vis

de

tilb

ered

es a

lene

med

mik

rob

ølg

e.

Dee

p P

an55

5 g

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Tynd

og

sprø

d

140

g 18

0 g

250

g 44

0 g

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro

4 –

5½ m

inut

ter

4 –

5 m

inut

ter

5 –

6 m

inut

ter

8 –

9 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r d

irekt

e p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r d

irekt

e p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

PIZ

ZA

– F

RO

SS

EN

– N

B: F

jern

al i

ndp

akni

ng.

Dee

p P

an45

0 g

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Low

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Dee

p P

an S

lice

240

g (2

)24

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ L

ow M

ikro

10 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

Tynd

og

sprø

d34

0 g

240

°C +

Gril

l 1 +

Med

ium

Mik

ro

8 –

9 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

dire

kte

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

GR

ØD

– N

B: B

rug

en

sto

r sk

ål.

1 p

ortio

n25

g h

avre

gryn

15

0 m

l mæ

lkH

igh

Mik

ro1½

– 2

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å b

und

en o

g om

rør

halv

vejs

.

2 p

ortio

ner

50 g

hav

regr

yn27

5 m

l mæ

lkH

igh

Mik

ro2½

– 3

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å b

und

en o

g om

rør

halv

vejs

.

4 p

ortio

ner

100

g ha

vreg

ryn

550

ml m

ælk

Hig

h M

ikro

4 –

4½ m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

bun

den

og

omrø

r ha

lvve

js.

KA

RT

OFF

ELP

RO

DU

KT

ER

del

vist

tilb

ered

t -

FRO

SN

E

Kro

kett

er30

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 110

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i øv

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Kar

toffe

lpan

de-

kage

r30

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 110

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i øv

erst

e p

ositi

on.

79

Tilberedningstabeller

Mad

Væg

t/

ngd

eT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

KA

RT

OFF

ELP

RO

DU

KT

ER

del

vist

tilb

ered

t -

FRO

SN

E

Pom

mes

frite

s30

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 110

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r på

em

alje

plad

en i

øver

ste

posi

tion.

Kar

toffe

lsni

tter

300

g25

0 °C

12 –

14

min

utte

rFo

rvar

m o

vnen

. Pla

cer

på e

mal

jepl

aden

i øv

erst

e po

sitio

n.

Kar

toffe

lpin

de

300

g25

0 °C

15 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r på

em

alje

plad

en i

øver

ste

posi

tion.

Vafle

r30

0 g

250

°C +

Gril

l 110

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Forv

arm

ovn

en. P

lace

r på

em

alje

plad

en i

øver

ste

posi

tion.

RIS

. Bru

g e

n st

or

3 l s

kål.

Bas

mat

i25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

8 –

10 m

inut

ter

Bru

g 55

0 m

l kog

end

e va

nd. T

ildæ

k og

om

rør

halv

vejs

.

Lang

korn

et25

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

12 –

14

min

utte

rB

rug

550

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tild

æk

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Lang

korn

et h

vid

250

gH

igh

Mik

ro8

– 9

min

utte

rB

rug

550

ml k

ogen

de

vand

. Tild

æk

og o

mrø

r ha

lvve

js.

Dam

ped

e ris

200

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

– 4

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

.

LSE

R –

fra

tils

tand

– A

DVA

RS

EL:

Var

mt

fed

t! V

ær

fors

igti

g, n

år d

u ta

ger

fad

e o

g t

ilbeh

ør

ud a

f o

vnen

.

Coc

ktai

lpøl

ser

340

g (2

4)G

rill 1

14 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

en i

ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s.

Tykk

e45

0 g

(8)

Gril

l 112

– 1

5 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

en i

ned

erst

e p

ositi

on. V

end

hal

vvej

s.

Tynd

e34

0 g

(12)

Gril

l 116

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

Vege

taris

ke25

0 g

(5)

Gril

l 115

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å em

alje

pla

den

i ne

der

ste

pos

ition

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

KA

LKU

N

Bry

st, u

den

ben

og

ski

nd50

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

rP

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

. Tild

æk.

Hel

190

°C +

Sim

mer

Mik

ro13

– 1

4 m

inut

ter p

r. 45

0 g

Pla

cer

i en

bra

dep

and

e p

å en

om

vend

t un

der

kop

bun

den

af o

vnen

. Ven

d h

alvv

ejs.

FRIS

KE

GR

ØN

TS

AG

ER

– P

lace

r i e

t la

vt m

ikro

lges

ikke

rt f

ad.

Asp

arge

s20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro4½

– 5

min

utte

r Ti

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Bab

ymaj

s20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Bøn

ner

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

8 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

80

TilberedningstabellerM

adVæ

gt/

M

æng

de

Tilb

ered

ning

Tid

Inst

rukt

ione

r/R

etni

ngsl

inje

r

FRIS

KE

GR

ØN

TS

AG

ER

– P

lace

r i e

t la

vt m

ikro

lges

ikke

rt f

ad.

Kla

treb

ønne

r15

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Rød

bed

er45

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro15

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Bro

ccol

i25

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Ros

enkå

l20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Vin

ters

qua

sh30

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Kål

– s

nitt

et30

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Gul

erød

der

– s

kive

r20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro6

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Blo

mkå

l40

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Sq

uash

250

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

5 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Maj

s, h

el /

x 2

Med

ium

Mik

ro7

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Por

rer,

skiv

er35

0 g

(4)

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Pas

tinak

– fo

rkog

t til

ris

tnin

gsk

iver

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

5 –

6 m

inut

ter

10 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Ært

er20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro5

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Kar

tofle

r50

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

– 1

2 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Kar

tofle

r –

fork

ogt

500

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 –

7 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Bag

ekar

tofle

r –

250

g hv

er

x 1

x 2

x 4

x 6

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

Hig

h M

ikro

elle

r25

0 °C

+ G

rill 1

+ S

imm

er M

ikro

7 –

8 m

inut

ter

20 m

inut

ter

12 m

inut

ter

25 m

inut

ter

20 m

inut

ter

30 m

inut

ter

25 m

inut

ter

35 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad.

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

.P

lace

r p

å ris

ten

i ned

erst

e p

ositi

on.

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

. P

lace

r p

å et

gla

sfad

Pla

cer

riste

n i n

eder

ste

pos

ition

.

81

Tilberedningstabeller

Mad

Væg

t/

ngd

eT

ilber

edni

ngT

idIn

stru

ktio

ner/

Ret

ning

slin

jer

FRIS

KE

GR

ØN

TS

AG

ER

– P

lace

r i e

t la

vt m

ikro

lges

ikke

rt f

ad.

Sp

inat

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

5 –

6 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Slik

ært

er30

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Sød

e ka

rtofl

er40

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro10

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 45

ml (

3 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Maj

roer

300

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

12 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

45 m

l (3

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

FRO

SN

E G

NT

SA

GE

R –

Pla

cer

i et

lavt

mik

rob

ølg

esik

kert

fad

.

Ind

bag

te lø

grin

ge25

0 g

250

°C20

min

utte

r Fo

rvar

m o

vnen

. Pla

cer

emal

jep

lad

en i

øver

ste

pos

ition

.

Bøn

ner

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

7 –

8 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

30 m

l (2

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Bøn

ner

– gr

ønne

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

8 –

9 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

30 m

l (2

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Bro

ccol

i25

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

– 9

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

ml (

2 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Gul

erød

der

– s

kive

r20

0 g

Hig

h M

ikro

4 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

30 m

l (2

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

Blo

mkå

l25

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro9

– 10

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

ml (

2 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Grø

ntsa

gs-m

ix20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro8

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

ml (

2 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Ært

er20

0 g

Med

ium

Mik

ro6

– 7

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

ml (

2 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk.

Soj

abøn

ner

200

gH

igh

Mik

ro3

– 4

min

utte

rTi

lsæ

t 30

ml (

2 sp

sk.)

vand

og

tild

æk

Dam

ped

e gr

ønts

ager

80 g

12

5 g

Hig

h M

ikro

2 –

2 m

inut

ter 3

0 se

k.

3 m

inut

ter

Pla

cer

et g

lasf

ad.

Suk

kerm

ajs

200

gM

ediu

m M

ikro

6 m

inut

ter

Tils

æt

30 m

l (2

spsk

.) va

nd o

g til

k.

82

Tilpasning af opskrifter

Brug af opskrifter fra andre kilder

Madlavning til én

Flere portioner For at øge en opskrift fra 4 til 6 portioner

• Øg hver ingrediens på listen med halvde-len. Vil du fordoble mængden, fordobler du simpelthen hver ingrediens på listen.

• Glem ikke, at større mængder også vil kræve et større fad. Sørg for, at det er dybt nok til at forhindre maden i at koge over under tilberedningen.

• Tildæk som anvist i opskriften. Omrør eller flyt madvarerne som anbefalet.

• Øg hviletiden med 5 minutter pr. 500 g.

• Kontroller altid opskriften under tilbered-ningen.

• Når du øger ingredienserne til 6 portioner, så øg den oprindelige tilberedningstid med en tredjedel, dvs. 30 minutter på Medium effekt til 4 portioner bliver til 40 minutter på Medium effekt til 6 portioner.

Den bedste måde at konvertere en ret er at finde en lignende opskrift i en kogebog, så du får en vejledning til den korrekte metode og tid at bruge.

Mange kogebøger henviser til 650 W ovne, men siden 1990 har ovnes udgangseffekt været bestemt af en ny standard (IEC). Når du bruger andre kilder end denne vejledning,

• Til en enkelt portion skal du bruge en fjerdedel af alle ingredienser på listen.

• Vælg et fad, som er forholdsvist mindre end det, der anbefales i opskriften.

• Brug den samme tilberedningseffekt, som anbefales i den oprindelige opskrift.

• Start med at lave mad på en fjerdedel af den anbefalede tilberedningstid, selv om ekstra tid i de fleste tilfælde vil være påkrævet.

Fordobling af en opskrift fra 4 til 8

• Øg den oprindelige tilberedningstid med en tredjedel, dvs. 30 minutter på Medium effekt til 4 portioner bliver til 40 minutter på Medium effekt til 6 portioner.

Færre portioner

• Du kan reducere en opskrift fra 4 portio-ner til 2 portioner ved at halvere ingre-dienserne på listen.

• Vælg et fad, som er forholdsvist mindre end det, der anbefales i opskriften, men sørg for at det er dybt nok til at forhindre maden i at koge over.

• Afsæt halvdelen til to tredjedele af den oprindelige tilberedningstid, dvs. 30 minutter på Medium effekt til 4 portioner bliver 15 – 20 minutter på Medium effekt til 2 portioner.

skal du tage højde for denne ovns udgangs- effekt på 1.000 W. Brug det samme effektni-veau som foreslået, f.eks. Høj eller Medium, og vælg den samme tilberedningstid, men sørg for at kontrollere status for maden under tilberedning, og juster tiden om nød-vendigt.

• Kontroller altid maden under tilberednin-gen.

• Der er ikke en stor besparelse for mindre mængder af supper, gryderetter og ris, da et minimum af tid kræves til at mørne kød og blande smagsstoffer.

• Ved tilberedning til én er det ofte fornuf-tigt at lave mad til to og anrette begge måltider. Frys derefter et måltid til en anden gang.

83

Spørgsmål og svar – Q & A

Indbygning af ovnen

Q Min mikrobølgeovn forårsager interfe-rens med mit TV. Er det normalt?

Q Min ovn lugter og udvikler røg ved brug af Varmluft, Kombination og Grill. Hvorfor?

Q Sommetider kommer der varm luft fra ovnens ventilationsåbninger. Hvorfor?

A Der kan forekomme nogen radio- og TV-interferens, når du laver mad med mikrobølgeovnen. Denne interferens svarer til forstyrrelser forårsaget af små elapparater som blendere, støvsugere, hårtørrere osv. Det betyder ikke, at der er et problem med din ovn.

A Det er vigtigt, at ovnen aftørres, især efter tilberedning med Kombination eller Grill. Fedt og rester, som samler sig i ovnen, begynder at ryge, hvis ovnen ikke rengøres.

A Varmen afgives fra tilberedning af mad, som opvarmer luften i ovnrummet. Den opvarmede luft udledes via et luftstrøms- mønster i ovnen. Der er ikke en lufttæt forsegling, og derfor kan damp slippe ud. Der er ingen mikrobølger i luften. Ovnens ventilationsåbninger må aldrig være blokeret under tilberedningen.

1. Hvis ovnen skal indbygges i et køkkene-lement, bør du bruge et originalt Panaso-nic indbygningskit. NN-TKF70WFP – Hvid NN-TKF70MFP – Sølv NN-TKF71SFP – Rustfri

2. Mikrobølgeovne bør ikke indbygges i et element direkte over et almindeligt komfur. Dette kan medføre, at fabriks- garantien bortfalder.

3. En mikrobølgeovn, som er indbygget, skal være mere end 850 mm over gulv- niveau. Læs omhyggeligt vejledningen til indbyg-ningskittet før installation.

84160

Technical SpecificationsRated Voltage: 230-240 V 50 Hz

Operating Frequency: 2,450 MHzInput Power: Max 2700 W

Microwave 840 WGrill 1380 W

Convection: 1450 WOutput Power: 1000 W (IEC-60705)

Grill 1350 WConvection 1400 W

Outer Dimensions: 529 mm (W) x 494 mm (D) x 326 mm (H)Oven Cavity Dimensions: 354 mm (W) x 343 mm (D) x 205 mm (H)

Weight: 17.5 kg (without internal accessories)Noise: 56 dB

Weight and Dimensions are approximate.

This product is an equipment that fulfills the European standard for EMC disturbances (EMC =Electromagnetic Compatibility) EN 55011. According to this standard this product is an equipmentof group 2, class B and is within required limits. Group 2 means that radio-frequency energy isintentionally generated in the form of electromagnetic radiation for warming up of foods. Class Bmeans that this product may be used in normal household areas.

Information on Disposal for Users of Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment(private households)

This symbol on the products and/or accompanying documents means that used electrical and electronic products should not be mixed with general household waste.For proper treatment, recovery and recycling, please take these products to designated collection points, where they will be accepted on a free of charge basis.Alternatively, in some countries you may be able to return your products to your localretailer upon the purchase of an equivalent new product.Disposing of this product correctly will help to save valuable resources and prevent

any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise arise from inappropriate waste handling. Please contact your local authority for furtherdetails of your nearest designated collection point.Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation.

For business users in the European UnionIf you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplierfor further information.

Information on Disposal in other Countries outside the European UnionThis symbol is only valid in the European Union.If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask for thecorrectmethod of disposal.

Pursuant to the directive 2004/108/EC, article 9(2)Panasonic Testing CentrePanasonic Service Europe, a division of Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbHWinsbergring 15,22525 Hamburg, F.R.GermanyManufactured by Panasonic Home Appliances Microwave Oven (Shanghai) Co.,Ltd, 898 Longdong Road, Pudong, Shanghai, 201203, China.

NN-CF760M CF750W CF771 BP_Regs:F00039M69BP 26/2/13 10:20 Page 160

Tekniske specifikationerStrømforsyning:

Arbejdsfrekvens:Effektforbrug:

Mikrobølge:Grill:

Varmluft: Udgangseffekt:

Grill:Varmluft:

Udvendige mål:Ovnrum mål:

Vægt: Støj:

230 – 240 V, 50 Hz2.450 MHzMax: 2.700 W840 W1.380 W1.450 WMikrobølge: 1.000 W (IEC-60705)1.350 W1.400 W529 mm (B) x 494 mm (D) x 326 mm (H)354 mm (B) x 343 mm (D) x 205 mm (H)17,5 kg (uden tilbehør)56 dBVægt og mål er omtrentlige.

Dette produkt er et udstyr, som opfylder den europæiske standard for EMC forstyrrelser (EMC = elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet) EN 55011. Ifølge denne standard er dette produkt et udstyr i gruppe 2, klasse B og er inden for de krævede grænser. Gruppe 2 betyder, at radiofrekvensenergi bevidst genereres i form af elektromagnetisk stråling til opvarmning eller tilberedning af mad. Klasse B betyder, at produktet kan anvendes i normale husholdninger.

Information til brugerne om bortskaffelse af elektriske apparater og elektronisk udstyr (private husholdninger)

Dette symbol på produkter og/eller medfølgende dokumenter betyder, at brugte elek-triske og elektroniske produkter ikke må blandes med almindeligt husholdningsaffald.

For at sikre korrekt behandling, indsamling og genbrug, bedes du aflevere disse pro-dukter på dertil indrettede indsamlingssteder, hvor de vil blive modtaget uden ekstra omkostninger.

Alternativt kan du i nogle lande have mulighed for at returnere dine produkter til din lokale forhandler, hvis du køber et nyt og tilsvarende produkt.

Korrekt bortskaffelse af dette produkt vil hjælpe med at spare værdifulde ressourcer og forhindre eventuelle negative virkninger på menneskers sundhed og miljøet, som ellers kunne opstå fra upassende affaldshåndtering. Kontakt de lokale myndigheder for yderligere information om dit nærmeste indsamlingssted.

Sanktioner kan være gældende for ukorrekt bortskaffelse af dette affald, i overensstemmelse med national lovgivning.

Til kommercielle brugere i Den Europæiske UnionHvis du ønsker at kassere elektriske eller elektroniske apparater, bedes du kontakte din forhandler eller leverandør for yderligere information.

Information om bortskaffelse i lande uden for Den Europæiske UnionDette symbol er kun gyldigt i Den Europæiske Union. Hvis du ønsker at bortskaffe dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de lokale myndigheder eller din forhandler, og spørge om den korrekte bortskaffelsesmetode.

I henhold til direktiv 2004/108/EF, artikel 9 (2)Panasonic Testing CentrePanasonic Service Europe, en division af Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, TysklandFremstillet af Panasonic Home Appliances Microwave Oven (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., 898 Long-dong Road, Pudong, Shanghai, 201203, Kina.

85

© Panasonic Corporation 2014

www.panasonic.dk